Southbend Saw SB1041 User Manual

18" METAL CUTTING BANDSAW  
MODEL SB1040 - SINGLE-PHASE  
MODEL SB1041 - THREE-PHASE  
OWNER'S MANUAL  
Hundreds of Thousands of Lathes Sold With a Tradition of  
Q
uality Since 1906!  
Copyright © September, 2010  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
INTRODUCTION...............................................................3 OPERATION....................................................................22  
About This Machine.............................................3  
Capabilities.........................................................3  
Features..............................................................3  
Identification........................................................4  
Machine Specifications ........................................5  
Operation Overview...........................................22  
Controls ..............................................................23  
Blade Selection...................................................24  
Blade Terminology.............................................24  
Blade Length.....................................................24  
Blade Width ......................................................24  
Tooth Set...........................................................25  
Tooth Type ........................................................25  
Blade Pitch (TPI)...............................................26  
Blade Changes ...................................................27  
Blade Tension.....................................................27  
Blade Breakage..................................................28  
Blade Care & Break-In......................................28  
Blade Care ........................................................28  
Blade Break-In..................................................28  
Blade Speed Chart.............................................29  
Chip Inspection Chart .......................................29  
Positioning Guide Post ......................................30  
Adjusting Blade Guides.....................................30  
Tilting Table.......................................................32  
Blade Welding....................................................32  
Circle Cutting Jig...............................................36  
SAFETY................................................................................9  
Understanding Risks of Machinery ....................9  
Basic Machine Safety ..........................................9  
Additional Metal Cutting Bandsaw Safety ......11  
PREPARATION ..............................................................12  
Preparation Overview........................................12  
Things You'll Need.............................................12  
Power Supply Requirements.............................13  
Availability........................................................13  
Full-Load Current Rating ..................................13  
Circuit Information............................................13  
SB1040 Circuit Requirements at 110V ..............13  
SB1040 Circuit Requirements at 220V ..............13  
SB1041 Circuit Requirements............................14  
Grounding Requirements...................................14  
Extension Cords ................................................15  
Unpacking ..........................................................15  
Inventory............................................................15  
Cleaning & Protecting .......................................16  
Location..............................................................17  
Lifting & Moving................................................18  
Securing to Floor................................................18  
Bolting to Concrete Floors..................................18  
Machine Mounts................................................19  
Assembly ............................................................19  
Initial Lubrication .............................................19  
Power Connection ..............................................20  
220V Conversion for SB1040..............................20  
Correcting Phase Polarity (SB1041 Only) ...........20  
Test Run.............................................................21  
Inspections & Adjustments ...............................21  
MAINTENANCE .............................................................37  
Maintenance Schedule.......................................37  
Cleaning .............................................................37  
Dressing Grinding Wheel..................................37  
Lubrication.........................................................38  
V-Belts................................................................39  
Speed Hub Belts................................................39  
Sprocket Drive Belt ...........................................39  
Air Pump Belt ...................................................39  
Dressing Rubber Tires.......................................39  
Machine Storage ................................................40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SERVICE...........................................................................41 PARTS................................................................................55  
Blade Tracking...................................................41  
Table Calibration...............................................41  
Guide Post Alignment........................................42  
Bevel Gear Backlash..........................................43  
Leadscrew End Play ..........................................43  
Bottom Frame ....................................................55  
Drivetrain...........................................................57  
Top Frame..........................................................59  
Table...................................................................61  
Welding Station & Control Panel .....................62  
Digital Tachometer System...............................64  
Electrical Cabinet ..............................................65  
Circle Cutting Jig...............................................66  
Machine Labels..................................................67  
TROUBLESHOOTING.................................................44  
ELECTRICAL...................................................................48  
Electrical Safety Instructions ...........................48  
Wiring Overview................................................49  
SB1040/SB1041 Control Panel/Welding Unit..50  
SB1040 110V Electrical Panel, Motor & Cord .51  
SB1040 220V Electrical Panel, Motor & Cord .52  
SB1041 220V Electrical Panel, Motor & Cord .53  
Electrical Component Pictures..........................54  
WARRANTY & RETURNS..........................................69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
I N T R O D U C T I O N  
INTRODUCTION  
About This Machine  
Capabilities  
Features  
Now that you know the basics of what this  
machine can do, take a minute to consider its  
features.  
This 18" Metal-Cutting Bandsaw allows you to  
make exterior and interior contoured or straight  
cuts.  
To better understand these capabilities, imagine  
making a "doughnut" out of 1" steel plate:  
This machine is equipped with a built-in air  
blower near the blade guides. This feature keeps  
metal chips away from the cutting area, so you  
can accurately follow pre-drawn cutting lines  
without metal chips getting in the way.  
The outside circular shape can be easily cut by  
moving the workpiece around the blade, using a  
pre-drawn line as a cutting guide.  
The table tilts in both the X- and Y-Axis with  
15° of tilt to the left or right and 10° of tilt to the  
front or back.  
Cutting the inside hole would normally be a  
difficult task with a bandsaw. But this machine  
makes it easy. First, the bandsaw blade is cut  
with the built-in blade shear. A hole slightly  
larger than the blade is then drilled into the  
center of the workpiece, so the blade can be  
threaded through the hole. The ends of the blade  
are then clamped into the built-in welder, welded  
An adjustable work lamp is also provided above  
the table to eliminate shadows from the work  
area. This is a great feature when doing close up  
work near moving blades!  
back together, annealed, and ground flat with the We also equipped this bandsaw with infinitely  
built-in grinder. Once the blade is re-installed on  
the wheels, it can then be used to cut the interior  
hole and complete the doughnut shape. After  
completion, the blade is sheared again to remove  
it from the workpiece.  
variable blade speeds, so you can precisely  
control cutting results for the type of blade  
installed and type of material being cut. This  
is a great feature to have when doing precision  
cutting.  
Aside from the above capabilities, this machine  
can also be used for straight cuts in sheets too  
large to fit in the vise of a horizontal metal-  
cutting bandsaw  
Aside from these features, we designed this  
machine to be extremely solid and durable. We  
used heavy gauge steel for the wheel doors, thick  
table trunnions and frame castings, USA-made  
Allen-Bradley electronics, and Japanese-made  
NSK ball bearings.  
For example, if you needed to cut a 24" x  
24" sheet of 1" steel in half, you can clamp a  
straightedge to the bandsaw table, then guide  
the sheet along the straightedge to make a  
straight cut. Cutting this same size of stock on a  
horizontal bandsaw would require a very large  
machine.  
On the other hand, if you need to "resaw" an 8"  
x 8" billet into a series of 1" thick plates, clamp  
a straightedge 1" away from the blade, raise the  
blade guides to accommodate the height of the  
billet, and each cut you make will produce an 8"  
x 1" plate.  
Both of these types of straight cuts can also be  
made with the table tilted to 15°, which creates a  
beveled cut.  
-3-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
I N T R O D U C T I O N  
Identification  
Blade Tension Handwheel  
Operation  
Controls  
Guide Post  
Elevation Knob  
FPM  
Display  
Electrical  
Control Box  
Work  
Lamp  
Welding  
Area  
Air Blower  
Blade  
Shear  
Lever  
Grinder  
Table  
Table Trunnions  
Variable Speed  
Handwheel  
Rear View  
Front View  
Serious personal injury could occur if  
you connect the machine to power before  
completing the setup process. DO NOT  
connect power until instructed to do so later  
in this manual.  
Untrained users have an increased risk  
of seriously injuring themselves with this  
machine. Do not operate this machine until  
you have understood this entire manual and  
received proper training.  
-4-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
I N T R O D U C T I O N  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆ ꢇꢈꢉꢈ  
ꢆꢁꢊꢋꢌꢅ ꢃꢍꢂꢅꢇꢎꢏꢅꢐꢃꢑꢋꢒꢓꢔꢄꢅ ꢔꢍꢂꢕꢔꢖꢅꢗꢅꢇꢘꢙ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢉꢂꢌꢍ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢆ  
ꢀꢂꢍꢅꢄꢉꢎꢌꢂꢍꢁꢏꢅꢐꢏꢌꢂꢍꢁꢑꢉꢒꢉꢓꢁꢔꢅꢄꢉꢎꢕꢖꢐꢗꢅꢏꢅꢐꢏꢋꢘꢙꢚꢑꢉꢒꢉꢛꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢜꢈꢏ !"ꢉꢒꢉ" ꢏ !ꢜꢉꢒꢉ#ꢈꢏ !"ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
$ꢐꢐꢅꢔꢖꢂꢗꢅꢉꢎ%ꢁꢗꢃꢅꢄꢉꢒꢉꢀꢂꢍꢅꢄꢑꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  &ꢏ !ꢜꢉꢒꢉꢈꢜꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
ꢎꢏꢉꢐꢐꢉꢌꢑꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢉꢂꢌꢍ  
'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢀꢐꢐꢍ  
)ꢐꢗꢅꢁꢗꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ *ꢘꢙꢄꢂꢗꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ +++ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢆ  
%ꢁꢗꢃꢅꢄꢉꢒꢉꢀꢂꢍꢅꢄꢉꢒꢉꢛꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ,ꢉꢒꢉꢜꢜꢉꢒꢉꢈꢇꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
ꢒꢓꢋꢅꢆꢁꢉꢅꢔꢓ  
-ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉ/ꢁ01ꢂꢖꢁ2ꢁꢗꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢇ3ꢉꢐꢖꢉ""ꢇ34ꢉ5ꢂꢗꢃꢊꢁꢏ-ꢄꢘꢌꢁ4ꢉ&ꢇꢉꢛ6  
-ꢖꢁ.ꢂꢖꢁꢍꢉ3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢇ3  
*ꢂꢗꢂ212ꢉ)ꢂꢖꢙ1ꢂꢅꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ "ꢇ7ꢉꢘꢅꢉ  ꢇ34ꢉ ,7ꢉꢘꢅꢉ""ꢇ3  
5.ꢂꢅꢙꢄꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ *ꢘꢃꢗꢁꢅꢂꢙꢉ)ꢐꢗꢅꢘꢙꢅꢐꢖꢉ.ꢂꢅꢄꢉ'ꢄꢁꢖ2ꢘꢊꢉ89ꢁꢖꢊꢐꢘꢍꢉ/ꢁꢊꢘ(  
5.ꢂꢅꢙꢄꢉ3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢇ3!""ꢇ3  
-ꢊ1ꢃꢉ:ꢗꢙꢊ1ꢍꢁꢍꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ;ꢁꢌ  
:ꢗꢙꢊ1ꢍꢁꢍꢉ-ꢊ1ꢃꢉ'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ <=*7ꢉ,ꢏ ,ꢉꢕꢐꢖꢉ  ꢇ3  
/ꢁꢙꢐ22ꢁꢗꢍꢁꢍꢉ-ꢊ1ꢃ!81ꢅꢊꢁꢅꢉ'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ <=*7ꢉ&ꢏ ,ꢉꢕꢐꢖꢉ""ꢇ3  
ꢕꢂꢆꢂꢁꢍ  
ꢕꢔꢉꢌ  
'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ '=$)ꢉ)ꢘꢔꢘꢙꢂꢅꢐꢖꢉ5ꢅꢘꢖꢅꢉ:ꢗꢍ1ꢙꢅꢂꢐꢗ  
ꢛꢐꢖꢌꢁꢔꢐ.ꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢉꢛ-  
3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢇ3!""ꢇ3  
-ꢖꢁ.ꢂꢖꢁꢍꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢇ3  
-ꢄꢘꢌꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 5ꢂꢗꢃꢊꢁꢏ-ꢄꢘꢌꢁ  
72ꢔꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  "7ꢉꢘꢅꢉ  ꢇ34ꢉ&7ꢉꢘꢅꢉ""ꢇ3  
5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  #",ꢉ/-*  
)(ꢙꢊꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ &ꢇꢉꢛ6  
<12ꢋꢁꢖꢉꢐꢕꢉ5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   
-ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉ'ꢖꢘꢗꢌꢕꢁꢖꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ >ꢁꢊꢅꢉꢓꢖꢂ9ꢁ  
>ꢁꢘꢖꢂꢗꢃꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 5ꢄꢂꢁꢊꢍꢁꢍꢉꢘꢗꢍꢉ-ꢁꢖ2ꢘꢗꢁꢗꢅꢊ(ꢉ%1ꢋꢖꢂꢙꢘꢅꢁꢍ  
-5-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
I N T R O D U C T I O N  
ꢖꢁꢉꢌꢃꢋꢁ  
'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 8ꢔꢁꢗꢉꢓꢖꢂꢔꢉ-ꢖꢐꢐꢕꢉ:ꢗꢍ1ꢙꢅꢂꢐꢗ  
ꢛꢐꢖꢌꢁꢔꢐ.ꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ! ꢉꢛ-  
3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢇ3  
-ꢄꢘꢌꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 5ꢂꢗꢃꢊꢁꢏ-ꢄꢘꢌꢁ  
72ꢔꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢇꢆ&7  
5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢈꢜ,ꢇꢉ/-*  
)(ꢙꢊꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ &ꢇꢉꢛ6  
<12ꢋꢁꢖꢉꢐꢕꢉ5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   
-ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉ'ꢖꢘꢗꢌꢕꢁꢖꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢓꢂꢖꢁꢙꢅꢉꢓꢖꢂ9ꢁ  
>ꢁꢘꢖꢂꢗꢃꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 5ꢁꢘꢊꢁꢍꢉꢘꢗꢍꢉ%1ꢋꢖꢂꢙꢘꢅꢁꢍ  
ꢕꢔꢉꢌꢇꢎꢐꢋꢅꢉꢗꢉꢅꢔꢆꢉꢂꢌꢍ  
 ꢐꢋꢁꢔꢆꢉꢂꢌꢇ!ꢌꢗꢂ  
>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉ5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ !ꢉꢈ ꢜꢉ$-*  
>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢉ/ꢘꢗꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢈ+ꢏꢈ! !ꢉ ꢜꢇꢏ !"ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
"ꢄꢆꢆꢉꢌꢑꢇ"ꢔꢐꢔꢅꢉꢆꢉꢋꢍ  
)1ꢅꢅꢂꢗꢃꢉꢛꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ +ꢏ,! ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
)1ꢅꢅꢂꢗꢃꢉ)ꢘꢔꢘꢙꢂꢅ(ꢉ%ꢁꢕꢅꢉꢐꢕꢉ>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  #ꢏ+! &ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
"ꢂꢌꢍꢆꢁꢄꢅꢆꢉꢂꢌ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ -ꢖꢁꢙꢂꢌꢂꢐꢗꢏ@ꢖꢐ1ꢗꢍꢉ)ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗ  
Aꢔꢔꢁꢖꢉꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ >ꢘꢊꢘꢗꢙꢁꢍꢉ)ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗ  
%ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ >ꢘꢊꢘꢗꢙꢁꢍꢉ)ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗ  
'ꢂꢖꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ /1ꢋꢋꢁꢖ  
>ꢐꢍ(ꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ )ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗꢉꢎAꢔꢔꢁꢖꢑ4ꢉ5ꢅꢁꢁꢊꢉꢎ%ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢑ  
>ꢘꢌꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ )ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗ  
ꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢉ)ꢐ9ꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ )ꢘꢌꢅꢉ7ꢊ12ꢂꢗ12ꢉꢎAꢔꢔꢁꢖꢑ4ꢉ-ꢖꢁꢏ$ꢐꢖ2ꢁꢍꢉ5ꢅꢁꢁꢊꢉꢎ%ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢑ  
-ꢘꢂꢗꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ Aꢖꢁꢅꢄꢘꢗꢁ  
 ꢆꢏꢋꢁ  
ꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢏ ! ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉ@1ꢂꢍꢁꢌꢉAꢔꢔꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢛꢘꢖꢍꢁꢗꢁꢍꢉ5ꢅꢁꢁꢊ!'1ꢗꢃꢌꢅꢁꢗ  
>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉ@1ꢂꢍꢁꢌꢉ%ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢛꢘꢖꢍꢁꢗꢁꢍꢉ5ꢅꢁꢁꢊ!'1ꢗꢃꢌꢅꢁꢗ  
=ꢊꢁꢙꢅꢖꢂꢙꢉ>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉꢀꢁꢊꢍꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ "ꢆꢜꢉB37  
>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉꢀꢁꢊꢍꢂꢗꢃꢉ5ꢅꢘꢅꢂꢐꢗꢉ3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢇ3  
7ꢗꢗꢁꢘꢊꢂꢗꢃꢉ3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢇ3  
#ꢔ$ꢓꢋꢇ!ꢌꢗꢂ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ'ꢂꢊꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ,ꢉ%ꢁꢕꢅ4ꢉ ,ꢉ/ꢂꢃꢄꢅ4ꢉ ꢇꢉꢍꢁꢃꢆꢉ$.ꢍ!>ꢘꢙꢚ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢉ%ꢁꢗꢃꢅꢄꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  +ꢏ#! ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢉꢀꢂꢍꢅꢄꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢏ ! ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢉ'ꢄꢂꢙꢚꢗꢁꢌꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢏ,! ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
$ꢊꢐꢐꢖꢉ'ꢐꢉ)1ꢅꢅꢂꢗꢃꢉ7ꢖꢁꢘꢉꢛꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢏ !"ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
 ꢆꢏꢋꢁ  
)ꢐ1ꢗꢅꢖ(ꢉ8ꢕꢉ8ꢖꢂꢃꢂꢗꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 'ꢘꢂ.ꢘꢗ  
ꢀꢘꢖꢖꢘꢗꢅ(ꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢉ;ꢁꢘꢖ  
5ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢊꢉ<12ꢋꢁꢖꢉ%ꢐꢙꢘꢅꢂꢐꢗꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ :ꢓꢉ%ꢘꢋꢁꢊꢉꢐꢗꢉAꢔꢔꢁꢖꢉꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢉꢓꢐꢐꢖ  
7ꢌꢌꢁ2ꢋꢊ(ꢉ'ꢂ2ꢁꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢉꢛꢐ1ꢖ  
-6-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
I N T R O D U C T I O N  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆ ꢇꢈꢉꢇ  
ꢆꢁꢊꢋꢌꢅ ꢃꢍꢂꢅꢇꢎꢏꢅꢐꢃꢑꢋꢒꢓꢔꢄꢅ ꢔꢍꢂꢕꢔꢖꢅꢗꢅꢚꢘꢙ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢉꢂꢌꢍ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢆ  
ꢀꢂꢍꢅꢄꢉꢎꢌꢂꢍꢁꢏꢅꢐꢏꢌꢂꢍꢁꢑꢉꢒꢉꢓꢁꢔꢅꢄꢉꢎꢕꢖꢐꢗꢅꢏꢅꢐꢏꢋꢘꢙꢚꢑꢉꢒꢉꢛꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢜꢈꢏ !"ꢉꢒꢉ" ꢏ !ꢜꢉꢒꢉ#ꢈꢏ !"ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
$ꢐꢐꢅꢔꢖꢂꢗꢅꢉꢎ%ꢁꢗꢃꢅꢄꢉꢒꢉꢀꢂꢍꢅꢄꢑꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  &ꢏ !ꢜꢉꢒꢉꢈꢜꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
ꢎꢏꢉꢐꢐꢉꢌꢑꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢉꢂꢌꢍ  
'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢀꢐꢐꢍ  
)ꢐꢗꢅꢁꢗꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ *ꢘꢙꢄꢂꢗꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ +++ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢆ  
%ꢁꢗꢃꢅꢄꢉꢒꢉꢀꢂꢍꢅꢄꢉꢒꢉꢛꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ,ꢉꢒꢉꢜꢜꢉꢒꢉꢈꢇꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
ꢒꢓꢋꢅꢆꢁꢉꢅꢔꢓ  
-ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉ/ꢁ01ꢂꢖꢁ2ꢁꢗꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢇ34ꢉꢈꢏ-ꢄꢘꢌꢁ4ꢉ&ꢇꢉꢛ6  
*ꢂꢗꢂ212ꢉ)ꢂꢖꢙ1ꢂꢅꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ,7  
5.ꢂꢅꢙꢄꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ *ꢘꢃꢗꢁꢅꢂꢙꢉ)ꢐꢗꢅꢘꢙꢅꢐꢖꢉ.ꢂꢅꢄꢉ'ꢄꢁꢖ2ꢘꢊꢉ89ꢁꢖꢊꢐꢘꢍꢉ/ꢁꢊꢘ(  
5.ꢂꢅꢙꢄꢉ3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢇ3  
-ꢊ1ꢃꢉ:ꢗꢙꢊ1ꢍꢁꢍꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ <ꢐ  
/ꢁꢙꢐ22ꢁꢗꢍꢁꢍꢉ-ꢊ1ꢃ!81ꢅꢊꢁꢅꢉ'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ <=*7ꢉ% ,ꢏ ,  
ꢕꢂꢆꢂꢁꢍ  
ꢕꢔꢉꢌ  
'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ '=$)ꢉ)ꢘꢔꢘꢙꢂꢅꢐꢖꢉ5ꢅꢘꢖꢅꢉ:ꢗꢍ1ꢙꢅꢂꢐꢗ  
ꢛꢐꢖꢌꢁꢔꢐ.ꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢉꢛ-  
3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢇ3  
-ꢄꢘꢌꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢈꢏ-ꢄꢘꢌꢁ  
72ꢔꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢈ7  
5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  #",ꢉ/-*  
)(ꢙꢊꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ &ꢇꢉꢛ6  
<12ꢋꢁꢖꢉꢐꢕꢉ5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   
-ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉ'ꢖꢘꢗꢌꢕꢁꢖꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ >ꢁꢊꢅꢉꢓꢖꢂ9ꢁ  
>ꢁꢘꢖꢂꢗꢃꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 5ꢄꢂꢁꢊꢍꢁꢍꢉꢘꢗꢍꢉ-ꢁꢖ2ꢘꢗꢁꢗꢅꢊ(ꢉ%1ꢋꢖꢂꢙꢘꢅꢁꢍ  
ꢖꢁꢉꢌꢃꢋꢁ  
'(ꢔꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 8ꢔꢁꢗꢉꢓꢖꢂꢔꢉ-ꢖꢐꢐꢕꢉ:ꢗꢍ1ꢙꢅꢂꢐꢗ  
ꢛꢐꢖꢌꢁꢔꢐ.ꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ! ꢉꢛ-  
3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢇ3  
-ꢄꢘꢌꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 5ꢂꢗꢃꢊꢁꢏ-ꢄꢘꢌꢁ  
72ꢔꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢇꢆ&7  
5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢈꢜ,ꢇꢉ/-*  
)(ꢙꢊꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ &ꢇꢉꢛ6  
<12ꢋꢁꢖꢉꢐꢕꢉ5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   
-ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉ'ꢖꢘꢗꢌꢕꢁꢖꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ꢓꢂꢖꢁꢙꢅꢉꢓꢖꢂ9ꢁ  
>ꢁꢘꢖꢂꢗꢃꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 5ꢁꢘꢊꢁꢍꢉꢘꢗꢍꢉ%1ꢋꢖꢂꢙꢘꢅꢁꢍ  
 
 
 
 
ꢘꢙꢚꢘ
 
 
 
-7-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
I N T R O D U C T I O N  
ꢕꢔꢉꢌꢇꢎꢐꢋꢅꢉꢗꢉꢅꢔꢆꢉꢂꢌꢍ  
 ꢐꢋꢁꢔꢆꢉꢂꢌꢇ!ꢌꢗꢂ  
>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉ5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ !ꢉꢈ ꢜꢉ$-*  
>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢉ/ꢘꢗꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢈ+ꢏꢈ! !ꢉ ꢜꢇꢏ !"ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
"ꢄꢆꢆꢉꢌꢑꢇ"ꢔꢐꢔꢅꢉꢆꢉꢋꢍ  
)1ꢅꢅꢂꢗꢃꢉꢛꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ +ꢏ,! ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
)1ꢅꢅꢂꢗꢃꢉ)ꢘꢔꢘꢙꢂꢅ(ꢉ%ꢁꢕꢅꢉꢐꢕꢉ>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  #ꢏ+! &ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
"ꢂꢌꢍꢆꢁꢄꢅꢆꢉꢂꢌ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ -ꢖꢁꢙꢂꢌꢂꢐꢗꢏꢖꢐ1ꢗꢍꢉ)ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗ  
Aꢔꢔꢁꢖꢉꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ >ꢘꢊꢘꢗꢙꢁꢍꢉ)ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗ  
%ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ >ꢘꢊꢘꢗꢙꢁꢍꢉ)ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗ  
'ꢂꢖꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ /1ꢋꢋꢁꢖ  
>ꢐꢍ(ꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ )ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗꢉꢎAꢔꢔꢁꢖꢑ4ꢉ5ꢅꢁꢁꢊꢉꢎ%ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢑ  
>ꢘꢌꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ )ꢘꢌꢅꢉ:ꢖꢐꢗ  
ꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢉ)ꢐ9ꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ )ꢘꢌꢅꢉ7ꢊ12ꢂꢗ12ꢉꢎAꢔꢔꢁꢖꢑ4ꢉ-ꢖꢁꢏ$ꢐꢖ2ꢁꢍꢉ5ꢅꢁꢁꢊꢉꢎ%ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢑ  
-ꢘꢂꢗꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ Aꢖꢁꢅꢄꢘꢗꢁ  
 ꢆꢏꢋꢁ  
ꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ   ꢏ !"ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
=ꢊꢁꢙꢅꢖꢂꢙꢉ>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉꢀꢁꢊꢍꢁꢖꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ "ꢆꢜꢉB37  
>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉꢀꢁꢊꢍꢂꢗꢃꢉ5ꢅꢘꢅꢂꢐꢗꢉ3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢇ3  
7ꢗꢗꢁꢘꢊꢂꢗꢃꢉ3ꢐꢊꢅꢘꢃꢁꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢇ3  
#ꢔ$ꢓꢋꢇ!ꢌꢗꢂ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ'ꢂꢊꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ,ꢉ%ꢁꢕꢅ4ꢉ ,ꢉ/ꢂꢃꢄꢅ4ꢉꢉ ꢇꢉꢍꢁꢃꢆꢉ$.ꢍ!>ꢘꢙꢚ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢉ%ꢁꢗꢃꢅꢄꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  +ꢏ#! ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢉꢀꢂꢍꢅꢄꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ ""ꢏ !  ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
'ꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ5ꢂ6ꢁꢉ'ꢄꢂꢙꢚꢗꢁꢌꢌꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢏ,! ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
$ꢊꢐꢐꢖꢉ'ꢐꢉ)1ꢅꢅꢂꢗꢃꢉ7ꢖꢁꢘꢉꢛꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢏ !"ꢉꢂꢗꢆ  
 ꢆꢏꢋꢁ  
)ꢐ1ꢗꢅꢖ(ꢉ8ꢕꢉ8ꢖꢂꢃꢂꢗꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ 'ꢘꢂ.ꢘꢗ  
ꢀꢘꢖꢖꢘꢗꢅ(ꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢉ;ꢁꢘꢖ  
5ꢁꢖꢂꢘꢊꢉ<12ꢋꢁꢖꢉ%ꢐꢙꢘꢅꢂꢐꢗꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ :ꢓꢉ%ꢘꢋꢁꢊꢉꢐꢗꢉAꢔꢔꢁꢖꢉꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢉꢓꢐꢐꢖ  
7ꢌꢌꢁ2ꢋꢊ(ꢉ'ꢂ2ꢁꢉꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆ  ꢉꢛꢐ1ꢖ  
%ꢋꢔꢆꢄꢁꢋꢍ  
7ꢊꢊꢁꢗꢉ>ꢖꢘꢍꢊꢁ(ꢉ)ꢐꢗꢅꢖꢐꢊꢌ  
ꢀꢁꢊꢍꢂꢗꢃꢉ5ꢅꢘꢅꢂꢐꢗꢉꢕꢐꢖꢉCꢐꢂꢗꢂꢗꢃꢉ>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉ=ꢗꢍꢌ  
:ꢗꢙꢊ1ꢍꢁꢌꢉ>ꢊꢘꢍꢁꢉ)1ꢅꢅꢁꢖ4ꢉ=ꢊꢁꢙꢅꢖꢂꢙꢉꢀꢁꢊꢍꢁꢖꢉ.!)ꢊꢘ2ꢔ4ꢉ7ꢗꢗꢁꢘꢊꢁꢖ4ꢉꢘꢗꢍꢉ@ꢖꢂꢗꢍꢁꢖ  
:ꢗꢕꢂꢗꢂꢅꢁꢊ(ꢉ3ꢘꢖꢂꢘꢋꢊꢁꢉ)1ꢅꢅꢂꢗꢃꢉ5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢌꢉ>ꢁꢅ.ꢁꢁꢗꢉ !ꢉꢈ ꢜꢉ$-*  
%ꢐ.ꢁꢖꢉꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢉ)ꢊꢁꢘꢗꢂꢗꢃꢉ>ꢖ1ꢌꢄ  
ꢀꢐꢖꢚꢉ%ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
)ꢄꢂꢔꢉ>ꢊꢐ.ꢁꢖ  
/1ꢋꢋꢁꢖꢉ>ꢐꢗꢍꢁꢍꢉ5ꢘ.ꢉꢀꢄꢁꢁꢊꢌ  
ꢓꢂꢃꢂꢅꢘꢊꢉ5ꢔꢁꢁꢍꢉꢓꢂꢌꢔꢊꢘ(  
)ꢂꢖꢙꢊꢁꢉ)1ꢅꢅꢂꢗꢃꢉ7ꢅꢅꢘꢙꢄ2ꢁꢗꢅ  
-8-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
S A F E T Y  
SAFETY  
Understanding Risks of Machinery  
Operating all machinery and machining equipment can be dangerous or relatively safe depending  
on how it is installed and maintained, and the operator's experience, common sense, risk awareness,  
working conditions, and use of personal protective equipment (safety glasses, respirators, etc.).  
The owner of this machinery or equipment is ultimately responsible for its safe use. This  
responsibility includes proper installation in a safe environment, personnel training and usage  
authorization, regular inspection and maintenance, manual availability and comprehension,  
application of safety devices, integrity of cutting tools or accessories, and the usage of approved  
personal protective equipment by all operators and bystanders.  
The manufacturer of this machinery or equipment will not be held liable for injury or property  
damage from negligence, improper training, machine modifications, or misuse. Failure to read,  
understand, and follow the manual and safety labels may result in serious personal injury, including  
amputation, broken bones, electrocution, or death.  
The signals used in this manual to identify hazard levels are defined as follows:  
Death or catastrophic  
harm WILL occur.  
Moderate injury or fire  
MAY occur.  
Death or catastrophic  
harm COULD occur.  
Machine or property  
damage may occur.  
Basic Machine Safety  
1. Owner’s Manual: All machinery and  
machining equipment presents serious  
injury hazards to untrained users. To  
reduce the risk of injury, anyone who uses  
THIS item MUST read and understand  
this entire manual before starting.  
3. Trained/Supervised Operators Only:  
Untrained users can seriously injure  
themselves or bystanders. Only allow  
trained and properly supervised personnel  
to operate this item. Make sure safe  
operation instructions are clearly  
understood. If electrically powered, use  
padlocks and master switches, and remove  
start switch keys to prevent unauthorized  
use or accidental starting.  
2. Personal Protective Equipment: Operating  
or servicing this item may expose the user  
to flying debris, dust, smoke, dangerous  
chemicals, or loud noises. These hazards  
can result in eye injury, blindness, long-  
term respiratory damage, poisoning,  
4. Guards/Covers: Accidental contact with  
moving parts during operation may cause  
severe entanglement, impact, cutting,  
or crushing injuries. Reduce this risk by  
keeping any included guards/covers/doors  
installed, fully functional, and positioned  
for maximum protection.  
cancer, reproductive harm or hearing loss.  
Reduce your risks from these hazards  
by wearing approved eye protection,  
respirator, gloves, or hearing protection.  
-9-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
S A F E T Y  
5. Entanglement: Loose clothing, gloves,  
neckties, jewelry or long hair may  
get caught in moving parts, causing  
entanglement, amputation, crushing,  
or strangulation. Reduce this risk by  
removing/securing these items so they  
cannot contact moving parts.  
11. Chuck Keys or Adjusting Tools: Tools used  
to adjust spindles, chucks, or any moving/  
rotating parts will become dangerous  
projectiles if left in place when the machine  
is started. Reduce this risk by developing  
the habit of always removing these tools  
immediately after using them.  
12. Work Area: Clutter and dark shadows  
increase the risks of accidental injury.  
Only operate this item in a clean, non-  
glaring, and well-lighted work area.  
6. Mental Alertness: Operating this item  
with reduced mental alertness increases  
the risk of accidental injury. Do not let a  
temporary influence or distraction lead to a  
permanent disability! Never operate when  
under the influence of drugs/alcohol, when  
tired, or otherwise distracted.  
13. Properly Functioning Equipment: Poorly  
maintained, damaged, or malfunctioning  
equipment has higher risks of causing  
serious personal injury compared to  
those that are properly maintained.  
To reduce this risk, always maintain  
this item to the highest standards and  
promptly repair/service a damaged or  
malfunctioning component. Always follow  
the maintenance instructions included in  
this documentation.  
7. Safe Environment: Operating electrically  
powered equipment in a wet environment  
may result in electrocution; operating near  
highly flammable materials may result in a  
fire or explosion. Only operate this item in  
a dry location that is free from flammable  
materials.  
8. Electrical Connection: With electically  
powered equipment, improper connections  
to the power source may result in  
14. Unattended Operation: Electrically  
powered equipment that is left unattended  
while running cannot be controlled and is  
dangerous to bystanders. Always turn the  
power OFF before walking away.  
electrocution or fire. Always adhere to all  
electrical requirements and applicable  
codes when connecting to the power source.  
Have all work inspected by a qualified  
electrician to minimize risk.  
15. Health Hazards: Certain cutting fluids  
and lubricants, or dust/smoke created  
when cutting, may contain chemicals  
known to the State of California to cause  
cancer, respiratory problems, birth defects,  
or other reproductive harm. Minimize  
exposure to these chemicals by wearing  
approved personal protective equipment  
and operating in a well ventilated area.  
9. Disconnect Power: Adjusting or servicing  
electrically powered equipment while it  
is connected to the power source greatly  
increases the risk of injury from accidental  
startup. Always disconnect power  
BEFORE any service or adjustments,  
including changing blades or other tooling.  
16. Difficult Operations: Attempting  
difficult operations with which you are  
unfamiliar increases the risk of injury.  
If you experience difficulties performing  
the intended operation, STOP! Seek an  
alternative method to accomplish the  
same task, ask a qualified expert how the  
operation should be performed, or contact  
our Technical Support for assistance.  
10. Secure Workpiece/Tooling: Loose  
workpieces, cutting tools, or rotating  
spindles can become dangerous projectiles  
if not secured or if they hit another object  
during operation. Reduce the risk of this  
hazard by verifying that all fastening  
devices are properly secured and items  
attached to spindles have enough clearance  
to safely rotate.  
-10-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
S A F E T Y  
Additional Metal Cutting Bandsaw Safety  
1. Blade Condition: Do not operate with a  
dull, cracked or badly worn blade—they can  
break during use or greatly decrease cutting  
performance. Inspect blades for cracks and  
missing teeth before each use.  
7. Magnesium Fire Hazard: Use EXTREME  
CAUTION if cutting magnesium. Using  
the wrong cutting fluid or overheating the  
material could lead to an extremely hot fire  
that is difficult to extinguish. Additionally,  
do not allow magnesium swarf or dust to pile  
up around the machine and only dispose of  
the waste using approved methods.  
2. Blade Replacement: Wear gloves to protect  
hands and safety glasses to protect eyes  
when replacing the blade. When replacing  
blades, make sure teeth face forward and  
down toward the table in the direction of  
blade travel.  
8. Entanglement Hazards: Always keep the  
blade guard correctly positioned and wheel  
doors closed and secured when bandsaw is in  
operation. Loose clothing, jewelry, long hair  
and work gloves can be drawn into working  
parts.  
3. Workpiece Handling: Your hands can be cut  
or drawn into the blade during operation if  
the workpiece moves unexpectedly. Always  
keep your hands a safe distance away from  
the moving blade.  
9. Maintenance/Service: All inspections,  
adjustments, and maintenance are to be  
done with the power OFF and the plug  
pulled from the outlet. Wait for all moving  
parts to come to a complete stop.  
4. Welding And Grinding Safety: The welding  
station can be hazardous if used incorrectly  
and without proper personal protection.  
Always wear welding-approved gloves,  
eye protection, and clothing when welding  
blades. Touching any metal parts of the  
blade, welder, or machine when activating  
the welder could lead to electrocution.  
10. Unstable Workpieces: Workpieces that  
cannot be supported or stabilized without  
a vise or jig should not be cut on a vertical  
metal-cutting bandsaw, because they can  
unexpectedly move while cutting and  
Welding near flammables could cause a fire.  
draw the operator's hands into the blade  
causing serious personal injury. Examples  
are chains, cables, round or oblong-shaped  
workpieces, workpieces with internal or  
built-in moving or rotations parts, etc.  
5. Hot Surfaces: Be aware that touching hot  
workpieces or chips after welding, grinding,  
or cutting can cause burns.  
11. Clearing Chips: Metal chips can easily cut  
skin—even through a piece of cloth. Avoid  
clearing chips by hand or with a rag. Use a  
brush or vacuum to clear metal chips.  
6. Cutting Fluid Safety: This machine is  
designed for dry cutting operations. Flood-  
type cutting fluid setups should not be used  
because the machine is not waterproof.  
-11-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
PPRErPAeRATpIONaration Overview Things You'll Need  
The purpose of the preparation section is to help  
you prepare your machine for operation. The list  
below outlines the basic process. Specific steps  
for each of these points will be covered in detail  
later in this section.  
During the setup process, operation, and  
maintenance of your machine, you'll need the  
following items:  
For Lifting  
s
! FORKLIFT OR OTHER POWER LIFTING DEVICE  
rated for the weight of the machine.  
,IFTING 3TRAP or chain w/safety hook  
(rated for at least 1000 lbs.)  
The typical preparation process is as follows:  
1. Unpack the machine and inventory the  
s
contents of the box/crate.  
2. Clean the machine and its components.  
For Power Connection  
s
! QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN TO ENSURE A SAFE  
3. Identify an acceptable location for the  
and code-compliant connection to the  
power source. (Refer to Page 20 for  
details.)  
machine and move it to that location.  
4. Level the machine and either bolt it to the  
floor or place it on mounts.  
For Assembly  
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
Cotton Rags  
Mineral Spirits  
3AFETY 'LASSES  
Oil Can with any General Machine Oil  
Blade Tension Tool  
Grease Gun with any API GL 2 Grease  
Stiff Grease Brush  
Phillips Screwdriver #2  
&LOOR -OUNTING (ARDWARE !S .EEDED  
Hex Wrench 5mm  
5. Assemble the loose components and make  
any necessary adjustments or inspections to  
ensure the machine is ready for operation.  
6. Connect the machine to the power source.  
7. Test run the machine to make sure it  
functions properly and is ready for operation.  
Hex Wrench 6mm  
Combo Wrench 12" or Ratchet and 12  
Socket  
"
-12-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
Circuit Information  
Power Supply  
A power supply circuit includes all electrical  
equipment between the main breaker box or fuse  
panel in your building and the incoming power  
connections inside the machine. This circuit must  
be safely sized to handle the full-load current  
that may be drawn from the machine for an  
extended period of time.  
Requirements  
Availability  
Before installing the machine, consider the  
availability and proximity of the required power  
supply circuit. If an existing circuit does not meet  
the requirements for this machine, a new circuit  
must be installed.  
For your own safety and protection of property,  
consult a qualified electrician if you are unsure  
about wiring practices or electrical codes in  
your area.  
To minimize the risk of electrocution, fire,  
or equipment damage, installation work and  
electrical wiring must be done by a qualified  
electrician in accordance with all applicable  
codes and standards.  
Note: The circuit requirements listed in this  
manual apply to a dedicated circuit—where only  
one machine will be running at a time. If this  
machine will be connected to a shared circuit  
where multiple machines will be running at  
the same time, consult a qualified electrician to  
ensure that the circuit is properly sized for safe  
operation.  
Electrocution or fire may  
occur if machine is not  
correctly grounded and  
attached to the power  
supply. Use a qualified  
electrician to ensure a safe  
power connection.  
SB1040 Circuit Requirements at  
110V  
This machine is prewired to operate on a 110V  
power supply circuit that has a verified ground  
and meets the following requirements:  
Full-Load Current Rating  
The full-load current rating is the amperage  
a machine draws at 100% of the rated output  
power. On machines with multiple motors, this is  
the amperage drawn by the largest motor or sum  
of all motors and electrical devices that might  
operate at one time during normal operations.  
Nominal Voltage .........................................110V  
Cycle .............................................................60 Hz  
Phase ..............................................Single-Phase  
Circuit Rating....................................... 20 Amps  
Plug/Receptacle Type.....................NEMA 5-15  
Model SB1040 Full-Load Rating 110V...12.6A  
Model SB1040 Full-Load Rating 220V.....6.6A  
Model SB1041 Full-Load Rating 220V....3.6A  
SB1040 Circuit Requirements at  
220V  
This machine can be modified to operate on a  
220V power supply circuit that has a verified  
ground and meets the following requirements:  
The full-load current is not the maximum  
amount of amps that the machine will draw. If  
the machine is overloaded, it will draw additional  
amps beyond the full-load rating.  
If the machine is overloaded for a sufficient  
length of time, damage, overheating, or fire may  
result—especially if connected to an undersized  
circuit. To reduce the risk of these hazards,  
avoid overloading the machine during operation  
and make sure it is connected to a power supply  
circuit that meets the requirements in the  
following section.  
Nominal Voltage .........................................220V  
Cycle .............................................................60 Hz  
Phase ..............................................Single-Phase  
Circuit Rating....................................... 15 Amps  
Plug/Receptacle Type.....................NEMA 6-15  
-13-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
For 220V 1-Phase Connection (SB1040)  
Use the plug type listed in the Circuit  
Requirements for this voltage. The listed plug  
(similar to the figure below) has an equipment-  
grounding wire to safely ground the machine.  
The plug must only be inserted into a matching  
receptacle (outlet) that is properly installed and  
grounded in accordance with all local codes and  
ordinances.  
SB1041 Circuit Requirements  
This machine is prewired to operate on a 220V  
power supply circuit that has a verified ground  
and meets the following requirements:  
Nominal Voltage .........................................220V  
Cycle .............................................................60 Hz  
Phase ....................................................... 3-Phase  
Circuit Rating....................................... 15 Amps  
Plug/Receptacle Type.......................Hardwire  
GROUNDED  
6-15 RECEPTACLE  
Grounding Requirements  
In the event of certain types of malfunctions or  
breakdowns, grounding provides a path of least  
resistance for electric current—in order to reduce  
the risk of electric shock.  
Current Carrying Prongs  
6-15 PLUG  
For 110V Connection (SB1040 Prewired)  
This machine is equipped with a power cord  
that has an equipment-grounding wire and a  
grounding plug (similar to the figure below).  
The plug must only be inserted into a matching  
receptacle (outlet) that is properly installed and  
grounded in accordance with all local codes and  
ordinances.  
Grounding Prong  
Figure 2. NEMA 6-15 plug and receptacle.  
For 220V 3-Phase Connection (SB1041)  
Power supply connections that are hardwired  
to the power source must be connected to a  
grounded metal permanent wiring system, or  
to a system having an equipment-grounding  
conductor.  
GROUNDED  
5-15 RECEPTACLE  
LOCKING  
DISCONNECT SWITCH  
Grounding Prong  
Power Source  
Machine  
5-15 PLUG  
Current Carrying Prongs  
Conduit  
Conduit  
Figure 1. NEMA 5-15 plug and receptacle.  
Ground  
Ground  
Figure 3. Typical hardwire setup.  
Serious injury could occur if you connect  
the machine to power before completing the  
setup process. DO NOT connect to power until  
instructed later in this manual.  
-14-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
Improper connection of the equipment-grounding  
wire can result in a risk of electric shock. The  
wire with green insulation (with or without  
yellow stripes) is the equipment-grounding wire.  
If repair or replacement of the power cord or  
plug is necessary, do not connect the equipment-  
grounding wire to a live (current carrying)  
terminal.  
Inventory  
A. Machine ..........................................................1  
Main Inventory: (Figure 4)  
Qty  
Optional Inventory: (Figure 5)  
Qty  
B. Circle Cutting Jig...........................................1  
C. Cap Screws M8-1.25 x 25...............................2  
D. Lock Washers 8mm........................................2  
Check with a qualified electrician or service  
personnel if you do not understand these  
grounding requirements, or if you are in doubt  
about whether the tool is properly grounded.  
The circle cutting jig and its mounting hardware  
are not required for operation. Their installation  
and use is covered in Circle Cutting Jig on  
Page 36.  
If you ever notice that a cord or plug is  
damaged or worn, disconnect it from power, and  
immediately replace it with a new one.  
A
Extension Cords  
We do not recommend using an extension cord  
with this machine. If you must use one, only  
use it if absolutely necessary and only on a  
temporary basis.  
Extension cords cause voltage drop, which may  
damage electrical components and shorten motor  
life. Voltage drop increases as the extension cord  
size gets longer and the gauge size gets smaller  
(higher gauge numbers indicate smaller sizes).  
Figure 4. Main inventory.  
Any extension cord used with this machine  
must contain a ground wire, match the required  
plug and receptacle listed in the Circuit  
Requirements for the applicable voltage, and  
meet the following requirements:  
B
Minimum Gauge Size............................12 AWG  
Maximum Length (Shorter is Better) ....50 ft.  
C
D
Unpacking  
This item was carefully packaged to prevent  
damage during transport. If you discover any  
damage, please immediately call Customer  
Service at (360) 734-1540 for advice. You may  
need to file a freight claim, so save the containers  
and all packing materials for possible inspection  
by the carrier or its agent.  
Figure 5. Optional inventory.  
-15-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
Cleaning & Protecting  
The unpainted surfaces are coated at the factory  
with a heavy-duty rust preventative that  
prevents corrosion during shipment and storage.  
The benefit of this rust preventative is that it  
works very well. The downside is that it can be  
time-consuming to thoroughly remove.  
Many cleaning solvents are  
toxic if inhaled. Minimize  
your risk by only using  
these products in a well  
ventilated area.  
Be patient and do a careful job when cleaning  
and removing the rust preventative. The time  
you spend doing this will reward you with  
smooth-sliding parts and a better appreciation  
for the proper care of the unpainted surfaces.  
Avoid chlorine-based solvents, such as  
acetone or brake parts cleaner that may  
damage painted surfaces. Always follow the  
manufacturer’s instructions when using any  
type of cleaning product.  
Although there are many ways to successfully  
remove the rust preventative, we have cleaned  
thousands of machines and found the following  
process to be the best balance between efficiency  
and minimized exposure to toxic fumes or  
chemicals.  
Basic steps for removing rust preventative:  
1. Put on safety glasses and disposable gloves.  
2. #OAT ALL SURFACES THAT HAVE RUST PREVENTATIVE  
with a liberal amount of your cleaner or  
degreaser and let them soak for a few  
minutes.  
Before cleaning, gather the following:  
s
s
$ISPOSABLE rags  
#LEANERꢀDEGREASER (certain citrus-based  
degreasers work extremely well and they  
have non-toxic fumes)  
3. Wipe off the surfaces. If your cleaner or  
degreaser is effective, the rust preventative  
will wipe off easily.  
s
3AFETY GLASSES ꢁ DISPOSABLE GLOVES  
Note: To clean off thick coats of rust preventative  
on flat surfaces, such as beds or tables, use  
A 0,!34)# PAINT SCRAPER TO SCRAPE OFF THE  
majority of the coating before wiping it off  
WITH YOUR RAGꢄ ꢅ$O NOT USE A METAL SCRAPER OR  
it may scratch the surface.)  
Note: Automotive degreasers, mineral spirits, or  
7$sꢂꢃ CAN BE USED TO REMOVE RUST PREVENTATIVEꢄ  
Before using these products, though, test them  
on an inconspicuous area of a painted area to  
make sure they will not damage it.  
4. Repeat Steps 2–3 as necessary until clean,  
then coat all unpainted surfaces with a  
quality metal protectant or light oil to  
prevent rust.  
Gasoline and petroleum  
products have low flash  
points and can explode  
or cause fire if used for  
cleaning. Avoid using these  
products to remove rust  
preventative.  
-16-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
Weight Load  
Location  
Refer to the Machine Specifications for the  
weight of your machine. Make sure that the  
surface upon which the machine is placed will  
bear the weight of the machine, additional  
equipment that may be installed on the machine,  
and the heaviest workpiece that will be used.  
Additionally, consider the weight of the operator  
and any dynamic loading that may occur when  
operating the machine.  
Physical Environment  
The physical environment where your machine  
is operated is important for safe operation and  
longevity of parts. For best results, operate this  
machine in a dry environment that is free from  
excessive moisture, hazardous or flammable  
chemicals, airborne abrasives, or extreme  
conditions. Extreme conditions for this type  
of machinery are generally those where the  
ambient temperature is outside the range of 41°–  
104°F; the relative humidity is outside the range  
of 20–95% (non-condensing); or the environment  
is subject to vibration, shocks, or bumps.  
Space Allocation  
Consider the largest size of workpiece that will  
be processed through this machine and provide  
enough space around the machine for adequate  
operator material handling or the installation  
of auxiliary equipment. With permanent  
installations, leave enough space around  
the machine to open or remove doors/covers  
as required by the maintenance and service  
described in this manual.  
Electrical Installation  
Place this machine near an existing power  
source. Make sure all power cords are protected  
from traffic, material handling, moisture,  
chemicals, or other hazards. Make sure to leave  
access to a means of disconnecting the power  
source or engaging a lockout/tagout device.  
Children or untrained  
people may be seriously  
injured by this machine.  
Only install in an access  
restricted location.  
Lighting  
Lighting around the machine must be adequate  
enough that operations can be performed  
safely. Shadows, glare, or strobe effects that  
may distract or impede the operator must be  
eliminated.  
Wall  
Minimum 30"  
= Power connection  
9"  
Keep Area Clear  
22"  
41"  
Figure 6. Clearances.  
-17-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
Lifting & Moving  
Securing to Floor  
Generally, you can either bolt your machine  
to the floor or mount it on machine mounts.  
Although not required, we recommend that you  
secure the machine to the floor and level it while  
doing so. Because this is an optional step and  
floor materials may vary, hardware for securing  
the machine to the floor is not included.  
This machine and its  
parts are heavy! Serious  
personal injury may occur  
if safe moving methods are  
not used. To reduce the  
risk of a lifting or dropping  
injury, ask others for help  
and use power equipment.  
We strongly recommend securing your  
machine to the floor if it is hardwired to the  
power source. Consult with your electrician to  
ensure compliance with local codes.  
Make sure the lifting eye shown in Figure 7 is  
completely threaded into the headstock, then lift  
the machine off the pallet and onto a suitable  
location using the lifting eye.  
Bolting to Concrete Floors  
Lag screws and anchors, or anchor studs  
(below), are two popular methods for securing  
machinery to a concrete floor. We suggest you  
research the many options and methods for  
securing your machine and choose the best one  
for your specific application.  
Anchor  
Stud  
Lag Screw  
and Anchor  
Figure 7. Lifting location.  
Figure 8. Common types of fasteners for securing  
machinery to concrete floors.  
-18-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
Machine Mounts  
Assembly  
Machine mounts are rubber pads mounted to  
a threaded stud, which can be fastened to the  
bottom of the machine.  
This machine comes pre-assembled from the  
factory. However, tension has been removed from  
the blade for shipping purposes. Before operating  
the machine for the first time, you MUST make  
sure the blade is properly tensioned. Refer to the  
Blade Tensioning procedure on Page 27 for  
instructions about how to do this.  
Machine mounts offer certain advantages such  
as ease of installation, vibration dampening, and  
easy leveling. They also make it easier to relocate  
the machine later on.  
The disadvantage of machine mounts is that the  
machine can shift or move over time. For this  
reason, electrical codes may limit their use if  
the machine is hardwired to the power source.  
Also, mounts may reduce the total surface area  
of machine-to-floor contact, depending on the  
design of the machine.  
Initial Lubrication  
Your machine was lubricated at the factory,  
but we strongly recommend that you inspect all  
lubrication points yourself and provide additional  
lubrication if necessary. Refer to Lubrication on  
Page 38 for specific details.  
Figure 9. Typical machine mount.  
-19-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
3. Locate the power transformer in the  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
Power Connection  
electrical panel (see Figure 56 on Page  
54). Remove the wire attached to the 110V  
terminal and connect it to the 220V terminal.  
Electrocution or fire  
4. Turn the dial on the overload relay (see  
Figure 56 on Page 54) from 14A for 110V to  
7A for 220V.  
may occur if machine is  
ungrounded, incorrectly  
connected to power, or  
connected to an undersized  
circuit. Use a qualified  
electrician to ensure a safe  
power connection.  
5. Locate the welding transformer in the  
control panel (see Figure 55 on Page  
54). Remove the wire connected to the #2  
terminal and move it to the #5 terminal;  
remove the wire connected to the #4 terminal  
and move it to the #7 terminal. The machine  
is now wired for 220V.  
Once your machine is set up and assembled as  
previously described in this manual, it is ready to  
be connected to the power source.  
Correcting Phase Polarity  
(SB1041 Only)  
Use the information in this section to determine  
the power source requirements needed to operate  
this machine. If your existing power source does  
not meet the stated requirements, consult with a  
qualified electrician about running a new circuit.  
This sub-section is only provided for  
troubleshooting 3-phase power connections.  
If you discover during the test run that the  
machine will not operate, or that the motor runs  
backwards, the power source connection may be  
wired "out of phase," meaning that the polarity  
is incorrect as wired. Without test equipment to  
determine polarity, this is a common situation  
with 3-phase power.  
Note About Extension Cords: Using an  
incorrectly sized extension cord may decrease the  
life of electrical components on your machine.  
Note About 3-Phase Power (SB1041 Only):  
DO NOT use a static phase converter to create  
3-phase power—it can quickly decrease the life  
of electrical components on your machine. If you  
must use a phase converter, only use a rotary  
phase converter and connect the wild wire to the  
correct power connection terminal, shown in the  
wiring diagram on Page 53.  
To correct the polarity of a power source  
connection:  
1. DISCONNECT MACHINE FROM POWER!  
2. Open the electrical box and disconnect the  
incoming power cord R and T wires from the  
main terminal bar in the upper right corner  
of the electrical panel (see Page 53).  
220V Conversion for SB1040  
Wiring diagrams are provided on Pages 50 and  
52 in this manual, showing the Model SB1040  
wired for both 110V and 220V. Refer to these  
diagrams when following this procedure.  
3. Connect the R wire to the terminal where  
the T wire was connected originally.  
4. Connect the T wire to the terminal where the  
To convert the Model SB1040 to operate on  
220V:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
R wire was connected originally.  
5. Close and latch the electrical box, and  
reconnect the machine to the power source.  
2. Rewire the motor for 220V, as shown in the  
diagram on the inside of the motor junction  
box. If there is not a diagram in the junction  
box, use the motor wiring diagram in this  
manual (see Page 52).  
6. Follow the Test Run on Page 21 to ensure  
that the machine functions properly.  
-20-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P R E P A R AT I O N  
Note: For three-phase models, verify that the  
blade is moving downward toward the table.  
If so, the motor is running in the correct  
direction. Proceed to Step 7.  
Test Run  
After all preparation steps have been completed,  
the machine and its safety features must be  
tested to ensure correct operation. If you discover  
a problem with the operation of the machine or  
its safety components, do not operate it further  
until you have resolved the problem.  
s
If the blade is moving in the upward  
direction out of the table, stop the  
machine immediately. It is likely wired  
"out of phase." To correct this problem,  
refer to Correcting Phase Polarity on  
Page 20.  
Note: Refer to Troubleshooting on Page 44 for  
solutions to common problems that occur with  
all metal bandsaws. If you need additional help,  
contact our Tech Support at (360) 734-1540.  
7. Adjust the blade speed through the full  
range of operation. The speed should change  
as you make the adjustments.  
8. Press the STOP button, the green motor  
To reduce the risk of  
serious injury when using  
this machine, read and  
understand this entire  
manual before beginning  
any operations.  
light will go out, and the bandsaw will stop.  
9. Turn the work lamp and the welding lamp  
ON and OFF.  
10. Turn the grinder ON and OFF.  
To test run your machine:  
1. Read and follow the safety instructions at  
the beginning of the manual, take required  
safety precautions, and make sure the  
machine is set up and adjusted properly  
Inspections &  
Adjustments  
The following list of adjustments were performed  
at the factory before your machine was shipped:  
2. Clear away all tools and objects used during  
assembly and preparation.  
s
s
s
s
s
Blade Guide Adjustment ..............Page 30  
V-Belt Adjustment..........................Page 39  
Table Calibration ...........................Page 41  
Blade Tracking................................Page 41  
Guide Post Alignment ...................Page 42  
3. Make sure the blade is properly tensioned  
and the blade guides are positioned correctly  
(for detailed instructions, refer to Blade  
Tensioning on Page 27, and Adjusting  
Blade Guides on Page 30).  
Be aware that machine components can shift  
during the shipping process. Pay careful  
attention to these adjustments as you test run  
your machine. If you find that the adjustments  
are not set according to the procedures in  
this manual or they do not suit your personal  
preferences, re-adjust them.  
4. Connect the machine to the power source.  
5. Push the ON button. The green motor light  
will illuminate and the motor will start.  
6. Verify that the machine is operating  
correctly. When operating correctly, the  
machine runs smoothly with little or no  
vibration or rubbing noises.  
-21-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
O P E R AT I O N  
OPERATION  
4. Adjusts the upper blade guide height to  
approximately 18"–14" above the workpiece  
for maximum blade support.  
Operation Overview  
The purpose of this overview is to provide  
the novice machine operator with a basic  
understanding of how the machine is used during  
operation, so they can more easily understand  
the controls discussed later in this manual.  
5. Puts on safety glasses, and rolls up sleeves  
or secures any clothing or hair that could get  
entangled with moving parts.  
Note: Due to the generic nature of this overview,  
it is not intended to be an instructional guide  
for performing actual machine operations.  
To learn more about specific operations and  
machining techniques, seek training from people  
experienced with this type of machine, and do  
additional research outside of this manual by  
reading "how-to" books, trade magazines, or  
websites.  
Loose hair, clothing, or  
jewelry could get caught  
in machinery and cause  
serious personal injury.  
Keep these items away  
from moving parts at all  
times to reduce this risk.  
To reduce the risk of  
serious injury when using  
this machine, read and  
understand this entire  
manual before beginning  
any operations.  
During operation, small  
metal chips may become  
airborne, leading to serious  
eye injury. Wear safety  
glasses to reduce this risk.  
6. Turns the bandsaw ON, and adjusts blade  
To complete a typical operation, the operator  
does the following:  
speed for the type of material being cut.  
1. Examines the workpiece to make sure it is  
7. Presses the workpiece against the blade,  
using light and even pressure and following  
the cut line with the blade.  
suitable for cutting.  
2. Checks to make sure blade tension is correct,  
and the blade guides are positioned correctly.  
Depending on the workpiece material, the  
operator may squirt a small amount of  
cutting fluid at the cutting area to keep it  
from overheating and smoking.  
3. Marks the cut line on the workpiece.  
8. Turns the bandsaw OFF.  
Workpieces that cannot be stabilized from  
unexpected movement should not be cut with  
a vertical metal bandsaw due to the increased  
risk of the operator's hands slipping into the  
blade. Examples are chains, cables, balls, or  
workpieces with built-in moving parts.  
-22-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
O P E R AT I O N  
L. Welder's Lamp Switch: Illuminates  
Controls  
welding station when turned ON.  
Refer to Figures 1012 and the following  
descriptions to become familiar with the basic  
controls of this machine.  
M. Variable Speed Handwheel: Adjusts blade  
speed from 88 to 384 FPM.  
A. Motor Light: Lights when the ON button is  
pressed and there is power to the machine.  
B. ON Button: Turns the main motor ON.  
M
C. OFF Button: Turns the main motor OFF.  
D. Clamping Pressure Dial: Sets the correct  
amount of pressure for pressing the ends of  
the blades against each other when welding.  
E. Welding Clamp: Holds a segment of the  
bandsaw blade to be welded.  
Figure 11. Variable speed handwheel.  
F. Lock Lever: Secures bandsaw blade for  
welding operations when rotated up.  
N. Blade Tensioning Handwheel: Increases or  
decreases blade tension when rotated.  
G. Grinder Switch: Turns grinder ON/OFF.  
O. Guide Post Elevation Knob: Raises or  
lowers the guide post and upper blade guide  
assembly.  
H. Shear Lever: Cuts the bandsaw blade.  
I. Welding Button: Activates the process of  
P. Guide Post Lock Knob: Secures the guide  
post and upper blade guide assembly in  
position.  
fusing the two blades together.  
J. Annealing Button: Heats up the blade joint,  
then allows it to cool in a gradual manner to  
establish weld strength.  
N
P
K. Blade Speed Display: Displays the current  
blade speed in Feet Per Minute (FPM).  
A
B
L
C
K
J
D
I
O
E
Figure 12. Blade controls.  
H
F
G
Figure 10. Front controls.  
-23-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
O P E R AT I O N  
Blade Length  
Measured by the blade circumference, blade  
lengths are usually unique to the brand of your  
bandsaw and the distance between the wheels.  
Blade Selection  
Selecting the right blade for the cut requires a  
knowledge of various blade characteristics.  
Model  
Blade Length Range  
Blade Terminology  
SB1040/SB1041................................ 13938"–14012  
"
A
Blade Width  
Measured from the back of the blade to the tip  
of the blade tooth (the widest point), blade width  
is often the first consideration given to blade  
selection. Blade width dictates the largest and  
smallest curve that can be cut, as well as how  
accurately it can cut a straight line—generally  
the wider the blade, the straighter it will cut.  
B
C
F
E
H
D
G
Model  
Blade Width Range  
SB1040/SB1041............................................ 18"–58  
"
I
Always pick the blade width that best suits your  
operation.  
Figure 13. Bandsaw blade terminology.  
A. Kerf: The amount of material removed by  
Curve Cutting: Use the chart in Figure 14  
to choose the correct blade for curve cutting.  
Determine the smallest radius curve that will be  
cut on your workpiece and use the corresponding  
blade width.  
the blade during cutting.  
B. Tooth Set: The amount each tooth is bent  
left or right from the blade.  
C. Gauge: The thickness of the blade.  
The list below shows the minimum radius that  
can be cut by each blade width.  
D. Blade Width: The widest point of the blade  
measured from the tip of the tooth to the  
back edge of the blade.  
Width  
Radius  
1
8" .................................................18  
"
316"................................................38  
"
E. Tooth Rake: The angle of the tooth face  
from a line perpendicular to the length of the  
blade.  
1
4''..................................................58''  
3
8''.................................................114''  
1
2''..................................................212''  
5
8''.................................................4''  
F. Gullet Depth: The distance from the tooth  
tip to the bottom of the curved area (gullet).  
Figure 14. Blade width radii.  
G. Tooth Pitch: The distance between tooth  
tips.  
H. Blade Back: The distance between the  
bottom of the gullet and the back edge of the  
blade.  
I. Blade Pitch or TPI: The number of teeth per  
inch measured from gullet to gullet.  
-24-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
O P E R AT I O N  
Tooth Set  
Three common tooth sets are alternate, wavy,  
and raker (see Figure 15). Each removes  
material in a different manner to make the kerf  
in the workpiece.  
Standard (or Raker)  
Variable Pitch (VP)  
Variable Pitch Positive Rake  
Hook (or Claw)  
Figure 15. Bandsaw blade tooth sets.  
Skip (or Skip Tooth)  
Alternate: An all-purpose arrangement of  
bending the teeth evenly left and right of the  
blade. Generally used for milder metals.  
Figure 16. Bandsaw blade tooth types.  
Wavy: Generally three or more teeth in a group  
that are bent one way, followed by a non-set  
tooth, and then a group bent the other way.  
Recommended for straight cuts in thin metals or  
thin-wall tubing.  
Variable Pitch (VP): Varying gullet depth and  
tooth spacing, a "0" rake angle, excellent chip  
removing capacity, and smooth cutting.  
Variable Pitch with Positive Rake: Varying  
gullet depth and tooth spacing, a positive rake  
angle, better chip formation, and aggressive  
cutting.  
Raker: Three teeth in a recurring group—one  
bent left, next one bent right, and then a non-  
set tooth. The raker set is ideal for most contour  
cuts.  
Hook or Claw: Wide gullets (round or flat),  
equally spaced teeth, positive rake angle, and  
fast cut with good surface finish.  
Tooth Type  
The most common tooth types are described  
below and illustrated in Figure 16.  
Skip or Skip Tooth: Wide, flat gullets, a "0" rake  
angle, equally spaced teeth, and recommended  
for non-ferrous materials.  
Standard or Raker: Equally spaced teeth set at  
a "0" rake angle. Recommended for all purpose  
use.  
-25-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
O P E R AT I O N  
3. Refer to the "Material Shapes" row and find  
Blade Pitch (TPI)  
the shape of the material to be cut.  
The chart below is a basic starting point for  
choosing teeth per inch (TPI) for variable pitch  
blades and standard raker set bi-metal blades/  
HSS blades. However, for exact specifications  
of bandsaw blades that are correct for your  
operation, contact the blade manufacturer.  
4. In the applicable row, read across to the  
right and find the box where the row and  
column intersect. Listed in the box is the  
minimum TPI recommended for the variable  
tooth pitch blades.  
To select the correct blade pitch:  
5. The "Cutting Speed Rate Recommendation"  
section of the chart offers guidelines for  
various metals, given in feet per minute  
(FPM). Choose the speed closest to the  
number shown in the chart.  
1. Measure the material thickness. This  
measurement is the length of cut taken  
from where the tooth enters the workpiece,  
sweeps through, and exits the workpiece.  
2. Refer to the "Material Width/Diameter"  
row of the blade selection chart in Figure  
17, and read across to find the workpiece  
thickness you need to cut.  
Material Width/Diameter  
Material Shapes  
Teeth Per Inch (TPI) for Variable Pitch Blades  
TOOTH SELECTION  
mm  
50  
75  
5/8  
100  
4/6  
150  
200  
250  
300  
12  
350  
1.4/2.5  
400  
2/3  
450  
1.5/.8  
3/4  
9
2/3  
4/6  
3/4  
1.5/.8  
2/3  
6
1.4/2.5  
10 11  
3/4  
2 2½ 3 3½  
inch  
4
5
7
8
13 14 15 16 17 18  
19  
Figure 17. General guidelines for blade selection and speed chart.  
-26-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
O P E R AT I O N  
Note: Excessive blade contact with the wheel  
flange during operation could lead to blade  
and wheel damage.  
Blade Changes  
6. Re-tension the blade (refer to the following  
!
Always disconnect power  
Blade Tensioning section).  
to the machine when  
changing blades. Failure  
to do this may result in  
serious personal injury.  
7. Rotate the top wheel clockwise by hand  
several times to make sure the blade tracks  
evenly without wandering across the wheel  
surface.  
Note: If the blade wanders across the wheel  
and away from the flange, the wheel  
alignment may need to be adjusted. Refer  
to Blade Tracking on Page 41 for detailed  
instructions.  
All saw blades are  
dangerous and may cause  
personal injury. To reduce  
the risk of being injured,  
wear leather gloves when  
handling saw blades.  
8. Adjust the upper and lower blade guides  
(refer to Adjusting Blade Guides on  
Page 30).  
To replace the blade:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
9. Close and secure the upper and lower wheel  
doors.  
2. Open the upper and lower wheel doors,  
release tension on the blade, and move the  
blade guides away from the blade.  
Blade Tension  
3. Put on heavy gloves, then slide the blade  
off the upper and lower wheels, around the  
blade post, and through the table slit.  
Proper blade tension reduces the risk of blade  
breakage and improves cutting performance.  
4. Install a new blade in reverse order.  
To prolong blade life, release the tension on  
the blade if the machine will be idle for an  
extended period of time.  
5. Position the back edge of the blade so that it  
is next to, but not against, the flange of the  
top wheel (see Figure 18).  
To correctly tension the blade:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
Wheel  
Flange  
!
2. Turn the blade tension handwheel until you  
feel an moderate amount of resistance and  
the handwheel wants to stop. Then turn the  
handwheel an additional 12 turn.  
Blade  
Figure 18. Back edge of blade next to wheel flange.  
-27-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
O P E R AT I O N  
Blade Breakage  
Blade Care & Break-In  
Many conditions may cause a bandsaw blade to  
break. Blade breakage is unavoidable, in some  
cases, since it is the natural result of the peculiar  
stresses that bandsaw blades must endure. Blade  
breakage is also due to avoidable circumstances.  
Avoidable blade breakage is most often the  
result of poor care or judgment on the part of the  
operator when mounting or adjusting the blade  
or support guides.  
Blade Care  
A bandsaw blade is a delicate piece of steel that  
is subjected to tremendous strain. A bandsaw  
blade will last longer if you give it fair treatment  
and always use the appropriate feed rate for your  
operation.  
Be sure to select blades with the proper width,  
set, type, and pitch for each application. The  
wrong blade will produce unnecessary heat and  
have a shortened life.  
The most common causes of blade breakage  
are:  
s
Faulty alignment or adjustment of the blade  
guides.  
A clean blade will perform much better than  
a dirty blade. Dirty or gummed up blades  
pass through the cutting material with much  
more resistance than clean blades. This extra  
resistance also causes unnecessary heat.  
s
Forcing or twisting a wide blade around a  
tight radius.  
s
s
s
s
Feeding the workpiece too fast.  
Dull or damaged teeth.  
Over-tensioned blade.  
Blade Break-In  
The tips and edges of a new blade are extremely  
sharp. Cutting at too fast of a feed rate can  
fracture these tips and edges, causing the blade  
to quickly become dull. Properly breaking-in a  
blade allows these sharp edges to wear properly  
without fracturing, thus keeping the blade sharp  
longer.  
Top blade guide assembly set too high above  
the workpiece. Adjust the top blade guide  
assembly so that there is approximately  
1
8"–14" between the bottom of the assembly  
and the workpiece.  
To properly break-in a new blade:  
1. Choose the correct speed for the blade and  
Note: The blade guide assembly can be lowered  
material of the operation.  
to within 212" of the table surface.  
2. Reduce the feed pressure by half for the first  
s
s
Using a blade with a lumpy or improperly  
finished braze or weld.  
50–100 in2 of material cut.  
3. To avoid twisting the blade when cutting,  
adjust the feed pressure when the total  
width of the blade is in the cut.  
Continuously running the bandsaw when not  
in use.  
s
s
Leaving the blade tensioned when not in use.  
4. Use the Chip Inspection Chart on Page  
29 to ensure that the optimal blade speed  
and feed rate are being used.  
Using the wrong blade pitch (TPI) for the  
workpiece thickness. The general rule of  
thumb is to have no fewer than two teeth  
in contact with the workpiece at all times  
during cutting.  
-28-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
O P E R AT I O N  
Blade Speed Chart  
The chart in Figure 19 offers blade speed guidelines for various metals, given in feet per minute  
(FPM) and meters per minute (M/Min). Choose the closest available speed on the machine, then  
adjust the feed rate as necessary, using the appearance of the chips produced as a guide. Refer to  
the Chip Inspection Chart that follows for recommendations on adjusting feed rate or blade speed  
based on the appearance of the chips produced.  
Speed FPM  
(M/Min)  
Speed FPM  
(M/Min)  
Speed FPM  
(M/Min)  
Speed FPM  
(M/Min)  
Material  
Material  
Material  
Material  
Carbon  
Steel  
Free Machining  
Stainless Steel  
196~354  
203  
111~321  
150~203  
Alloy  
Tool Steel  
(60) (108)  
(62)  
(34) (98)  
(46) (62)  
Steel  
75~118  
246  
(75)  
108~225  
(33) (75)  
High-Speed  
Tool Steel  
180~220  
(54) (67)  
Angle  
Steel  
Gray  
Mold Steel  
(25) (36)  
Cast Iron  
Water  
Ductile  
Austenitic  
Cast Iron  
180~220  
(54) (67)  
242  
(75)  
65~85  
Cold-Work  
Tool Steel  
95~213  
Thin  
Hardened  
Tool Steel  
(20) (26)  
(29) (65)  
Tube  
203  
(62)  
220~534  
(67) (163)  
Stainless  
85  
321  
Aluminum  
Alloy  
Hot-Work  
Tool Steel  
Malleable  
Steel  
(26)  
(98)  
Cast Iron  
203~213  
(62) (65)  
Copper  
Alloy  
229~482  
(70) (147)  
85-203  
Oil-Hardened  
Tool Steel  
CR Stainless  
Steel  
220  
(67)  
Plastics  
(26) (62)  
Figure 19. Dry cutting blade speed chart.  
Chip Inspection Chart  
The best method for choosing the cutting speed and feed rate for a cutting operation is to inspect the  
chips created by the cut. These chips are indicators of what is commonly referred to as the "chip load."  
Refer to the chip inspection chart below to evaluate chip characteristics and determine whether to  
adjust feed rate/pressure, blade speed, or both.  
Chip  
Appearance  
Chip  
Description  
Chip  
Color  
Blade  
Speed  
Feed Rate/  
Pressure  
Other  
Actions  
Thin & Curled  
Silver  
Good  
Good  
Hard, Thick & Short Brown or Blue  
Increase  
Increase  
Decrease  
Decrease  
Hard, Strong &  
Brown or Blue  
Thick  
Hard, Strong,  
Curled & Thick  
Silver or Light  
Brown  
Decrease  
Slightly  
Check Blade  
Pitch  
Good  
Increase  
Good  
Check Blade  
Pitch  
Hard, Coiled & Thin  
Straight & Thin  
Powdery  
Silver  
Silver  
Silver  
Decrease  
Increase  
Increase  
Decrease  
Check Blade  
Pitch  
Coiled, Tight & Thin  
Silver  
Good  
Decrease  
Figure 20. Chip inspection chart.  
-29-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
O P E R AT I O N  
Positioning Guide Post Adjusting Blade  
The guide post assembly is used for two  
purposes: 1) To properly position the blade guard  
to protect the operator from the exposed blade  
between the workpiece and the upper wheel  
housing, and 2) to position the upper blade  
guides close to the workpiece for maximum blade  
support.  
Guides  
The blade guides provide side-to-side and  
rear support to keep the blade straight while  
cutting. The blade guides and the rear support  
have tungsten steel facing to reduce wear on  
the guides. Properly adjusted blade guides are  
essential to making accurate cuts.  
To properly position the guide post:  
If the blade guides rub the blade at either the  
top or bottom of the blade, follow the guide post  
alignment procedure on Page 42 for adjusting  
the guide post parallel with the blade.  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
2. Hold the guide post knob with one hand and  
loosen the guide post lock knob with the  
other (see Figure 21).  
To properly adjust the upper and lower blade  
guides:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
Guide Post Lock Knob  
!
2. Make sure the bandsaw blade is properly  
tensioned (refer to Page 27) and the guide  
post is locked.  
Guide Post  
Knob  
3. Use a Phillips head screwdriver to remove  
the flange screws that secure the lower blade  
guide cover, then remove the cover to access  
the cap screws in the next step.  
Guide Post  
4. Use a 5mm hex wrench to loosen the cap  
screws that secure the blade guide bracket  
and blade support (see Figures 22–23).  
Figure 21. Guide post assembly.  
3. Position the bottom of the upper blade guides  
approximately 18"–14" above the workpiece,  
then re-tighten the lock knob to secure the  
setting.  
Blade Guide Bracket  
Cap Screw  
All saw blades are  
dangerous and may cause  
personal injury. To reduce  
the risk of being injured,  
wear leather gloves when  
handling saw blades.  
Blade Support  
Cap Screw  
!
Figure 22. Upper blade guides and bracket.  
-30-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
O P E R AT I O N  
Blade Support  
Cap Screw  
!
Blade  
Support  
!
Blade Guide  
Bracket Cap  
Screw  
Figure 25. Blade guide assembly (upper assembly  
shown without blade for clarity).  
Figure 23. Lower blade guides and bracket.  
7. Use a 3mm hex wrench to loosen the button  
head cap screws that secure the upper blade  
guard, to allow access to the blade support  
cap screw in the next step.  
5. Position the blade guides so that they are  
approximately 116" behind the tooth gullets  
(see Figure 24), then re-tighten the blade  
guide bracket cap screw.  
8. Use a 5mm hex wrench to loosen the blade  
Note: The blade guides must be adjusted far  
enough back so that they are behind the  
tooth gullets when the blade is deflected  
back against the blade support.  
guide cap screws (see Figure 25).  
9. Fold a crisp dollar bill in half and place it  
over the blade (between the blade guides and  
the blade), as shown in Figure 26.  
Blade Guide  
!
1
16"  
Dollar on Both  
Sides of Blade  
Figure 24. Blade guides positioned approximately 116"  
behind tooth gullets.  
Figure 26. Using a dollar bill to set blade guide  
spacing (blade guide cover removed for clarity).  
10. Lightly pinch the dollar bill against the  
blade with the blade guides, re-position the  
air nozzle if necessary, then re-tighten the  
blade guide cap screws.  
6. Slide the blade support (see Figure 25) up  
to, but not touching, the back of the blade,  
then re-tighten the blade support cap screw.  
Note: The goal is to position the blade guides  
as close as possible to the blade without  
touching it.  
11. Secure the upper blade guide, then re-install  
the lower blade guard cover.  
-31-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
O P E R AT I O N  
Tilting Table  
Blade Welding  
The bandsaw table tilts 15° to the left and 15° to  
Being able to quickly and safely weld a bandsaw  
the right for basic cut angles, and 10° to the front blade comes in handy for the following situations:  
and 10° to the back for feed angles. When used  
together, compound angled cuts can be made.  
s
s
s
4O REꢆJOIN A BLADE THAT HAS BEEN PURPOSELY  
cut for making an internal contour cut.  
To tilt the table left or right:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
4O REPAIR A BROKEN BLADE THAT IS STILL SHARP  
and useful.  
2. Use an 8mm wrench to loosen the two cap  
screws on the cut angle trunnion underneath  
the rear of the table (see Figure 27).  
4O MAKE A NEW BLADE FROM A ROLL OF BULK  
blade banding.  
Your metal cutting bandsaw is equipped with a  
blade welder that uses electrical current to heat  
and fuse the blade ends together. This process  
will leave the joint brittle, so an annealer is  
also included to give the blade strength and  
flexibility.  
Cap Screws  
Cap Screws  
The electric current that flows through the  
blade welder during operation could cause  
serious personal injury or death. To reduce  
the risk of electrocution or burns, never touch  
any metal part of the welding station or blade  
during welding or annealing.  
Feed Angle Tilt  
Scale (One Shown)  
Cut Angle Tilt  
Scale  
Figure 27. Table tilt adjustment controls.  
3. Using the cut angle tilt scale, adjust the  
angle of the table for your operation, then re-  
tighten the cap screws.  
To weld the ends of blade together:  
1. Turn the bandsaw motor OFF.  
To tilt the table forward or backward:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
2. Place the blade evenly against the back of  
the blade shear and firmly pull the handle  
down to square off the blade end (see Figure  
28).  
2. Use a 6mm hex wrench to loosen both sets  
of cap screws on the two feed angle tilt scale  
brackets (see Figure 27).  
3. Using the two scales, adjust the angle of the  
table for cutting a compound angle, then re-  
tighten the cap screws.  
Figure 28. Using the blade shear to cut the blade.  
-32-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
O P E R AT I O N  
5. Loosen the welding clamps by pulling the  
Note: To make a proper blade weld, the ends of  
the blade must be evenly butted together  
during the welding process. If necessary, use  
the grinder to square up the ends or remove  
any teeth that are in the welding zone (see  
Figures 29–30).  
lock levers down.  
6. Position the back of one blade end evenly  
against the back of the welding clamp so  
that the end is midway between the two  
clamps, then rotate the lock lever as far up  
as possible to hold the blade end in place (see  
Figure 31).  
Welding  
Blade  
Clamp  
End  
Lock Lever  
Figure 29. Using the grinder to square up the blade  
end.  
Figure 31. Blade end properly position in welding  
clamp and locked in place.  
Welding Zone  
7. Use the illustration in Figure 32 and set the  
correct clamping pressure setting for width  
of the blade.  
Note: The clamping pressure presses the blade  
ends together to help form a strong weld.  
The pressure scale is an approximation only.  
If you have difficulty getting satisfactory  
welds, experiment by increasing or  
Grind Off  
Figure 30. Blade ends and welding zone.  
decreasing this pressure.  
3
Above ⁄8" Blade  
1
3
4"- ⁄8" Blade  
For good metal-to-metal contact between the  
welding clamps and the blade, make sure the  
blade material and the clamps are free from  
any debris or flashing before each use.  
3. To ensure correct electrical continuity while  
welding, use mineral spirits to clean off all  
oil and debris from the first 6" of each end of  
the blade.  
Clamping  
Pressure  
Dial  
Up to  
4" Blade  
1
4. Set the clamping pressure to 0" with the  
clamping pressure dial.  
Figure 32. Blade clamping settings.  
-33-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
O P E R AT I O N  
8. Place the other blade end in the opposite  
welding clamp and position it so that it  
11. Inspect the weld. The welded joint should be  
even across the width of the blade with no  
gaps (see Figure 34).  
evenly butts up against the opposing blade  
end, then lock it in place by rotating the lock  
lever all the way up, as shown in Figure 33.  
Correct  
Note: For a good blade weld, it is critical that the  
blade ends evenly butt up against each other  
without overlap, gaps, or misalignment.  
Not Correct  
Annealing  
Button  
Clamping  
Welding  
Not Correct  
Pressure  
Button  
Dial  
Figure 34. Blade welded joint examples.  
— If the weld is satisfactory, continue to  
Step 12.  
— If the weld is NOT satisfactory, begin  
Figure 33. Blade ends in correct position for welding.  
again at Step 2.  
12. Place the blade in the welding clamps with  
the weld centered between the clamps and  
re-tighten the lock levers.  
Light generated during the welding process  
could cause serious eye damage. To reduce  
your risk, always use eye protection approved  
for welding when using the blade welder.  
Note: The welding operation leaves the blade  
joint brittle. Annealing allows the material  
to cool in gradual manner, giving the weld  
strength and flexibility. When annealing, the  
blade is heated until it turns a specific color  
that is determined by the blade material.  
The annealing process is unsuccessful (blade  
breaks easily) if the weld is not heated  
enough or if it is heated too much. For best  
results, contact the blade manufacturer for  
the proper annealing color.  
Burning sparks may be thrown in all  
directions while welding. Protect yourself from  
injury by not welding near flammables and  
wearing spark-resistant clothing/gloves. Keep  
fire extinguishing equipment readily available.  
9. Press and release the welding button. The  
blade ends will be welded together.  
10. Rotate the lock levers down to release the  
welding clamps, then rotate the clamping  
pressure dial to "0".  
-34-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
O P E R AT I O N  
13. Press and hold the annealing button until  
the weld zone turns the appropriate color,  
then release the button.  
17. Re-clamp the blade in the welding clamps  
with the joint centered, then repeat the  
annealing process twice more. Each time  
gradually reduce the amount of time you  
anneal the weld.  
Note: If you cannot get the proper annealing  
color from the blade manufacturer, use the  
recommendations below as a baseline and  
experiment from there.  
18. Test the strength and flexibility of the weld  
by bending the blade in an arc similar to that  
of the bandsaw wheels. The blade should  
bend in a smooth circular, rounded shape—  
rather than a pointed fold (see Figure 35).  
—Carbon Steel ..................... Dull Cherry Red  
—Carbon Steel Hard Back ......................Blue  
—Bi-Metal ........................................... Orange  
—High Speed Steel .............. Dull Cherry Red  
Correct  
14. Repeat Step 13 three to four more times,  
allowing the weld to cool for about 30  
seconds between each repetition. Each time  
reduce the amount of time you press the  
anneal button, to reduce the amount of heat  
successively.  
Not Correct  
15. Allow the blade to cool, then re-inspect the  
weld.  
(Cut and reweld)  
16. Grind away the weld bead on the top and  
bottom of the joint so that the blade is flat  
and will run smoothly on the wheels and  
between the blade guides.  
Figure 35. Correct blade weld bend for strength and  
flexibility.  
Note: Make sure not to grind the teeth or  
blade body, or overheat the blade during  
grinding—this will weaken the blade. A  
small amount of ticking is acceptable during  
cutting operations.  
-35-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
O P E R AT I O N  
4. Install a blade with the proper width for  
radius of the circle you want to cut, using  
Figure 14 on Page 24 as a guide.  
Circle Cutting Jig  
The Model SB1040/SB1041 includes a jig that  
attaches to the guide post to provide an easy and  
accurate method for cutting circular shapes.  
5. Adjust the jig as needed to position the  
center point away from the blade a distance  
equal to the radius of the arc you want to  
cut, and aligned with the blade, as shown in  
Figure 37  
The jig is capable of adjusting to fit a variety of  
workpiece dimensions and radii. The instructions  
on this page describe the general use of the jig so  
your particular setup may vary. Adjustments are  
made by loosening the cap screws or set screws  
that secure that hold the components in place.  
Always make sure all screws are fully tightened  
before beginning an operation.  
Prepared  
Edge  
Cur  
Radius  
v
e
W
If the curve you plan to cut does not touch an  
exposed edge of the workpiece, you will need to  
prepare the workpiece beforehand by making a  
cut up to the radius line or drilling a hole next to  
the radius line.  
orkpiece  
P
r
oper  
Alignment  
Cur  
Radius  
v
e
To use the circle cutting jig:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
Figure 37. Adjusting curve radius  
(some components removed for clarity).  
2. Use the included M8-1.25 x 25 cap screws  
and lock washers to mount the circle cutting  
jig to the guide post, as shown in Figure 36.  
6. Place the workpiece on the table with the  
prepared edge next to, but not touching the  
blade, then lower the blade guides to within  
1
4" of the workpiece (if possible), adjusting  
the jig centerpoint vertically as needed to  
provide clearance.  
Guide Post  
Cap Screws &  
Lock Washers  
7. Lock the guide post, then lower the jig  
centerpoint into the centerpoint you drilled  
into the workpiece in Step 3. Tighten all  
of the fasteners on the jig to make sure it  
doesn't move during operation.  
Jig  
8. Turn the bandsaw ON, then feed the  
workpiece into the blade, rotating it around  
the centerpoint  
Jig Center  
Point  
Figure 36. Circle cutting jig installed (some  
components removed for clarity).  
3. Drill a small hole at the radius center point  
on your workpiece. The hole should be large  
enough that the jig center point can fit into it  
and provide a stable pivot point.  
-36-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
M A I N T E N A N C E  
MAINTENANCE  
Maintenance Schedule  
Chip Brush  
!
Always disconnect  
machine from power before  
performing maintenance or  
serious personal injury may  
result.  
For optimum performance from your machine,  
follow this maintenance schedule and refer to  
any specific instructions given in this section.  
Daily:  
!
Chip Chute  
s
s
s
s
s
#HECKꢀCORRECT LOOSE MOUNTING BOLTSꢄ  
Check/correct damaged or dull saw blade.  
Check/correct worn or damaged wires.  
Clean/protect table.  
#LEAN METAL CHIPS FROM UPPER AND LOWER  
wheel areas, and empty the chip chute.  
Correct any other unsafe condition.  
Figure 38. Lower wheel and chip chute.  
s
Dressing Grinding  
Wheel  
Monthly:  
s
s
#HECK FOR 6ꢆBELT TENSIONꢇ DAMAGEꢇ OR WEARꢄ  
,UBRICATE TENSION LEADSCREWS AND GUIDE POST  
rack.  
2EMOVE THE BLADE AND CLEAN THE WHEELSꢄ  
Periodically dress the grinding wheel to square  
it up and renew the abrasive surface. Dressing  
is done in the same manner as a typical grinding  
operation but using a diamond-tipped dressing  
tool (see Figure 39).  
s
Yearly:  
s
Open rear lower cover, inspect belts, and  
tighten all fasteners (see Page 39).  
Cleaning  
Use a brush and a shop vacuum to remove chips  
and other debris from the machine. Keep the  
table rust-free with regular applications of a high  
quality anti-rust product.  
Once a month, remove the blade and thoroughly  
clean all metal chips or oil from the wheel  
surfaces. Redress the rubber tires if the become  
glazed.  
Figure 39. Example of diamond dressing tools.  
When cleaning the wheel areas, empty and clean  
the chip chute and brush (see Figure 38).  
-37-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
M A I N T E N A N C E  
If the table becomes difficult to tilt, position it so  
that you can brush a thin coat of multi-purpose  
grease on the trunnion sliding surfaces (see  
Figure 42), then move the table back and forth  
to distribute.  
Lubrication  
The bearings on your bandsaw are factory  
lubricated and sealed. Leave them alone unless  
they need to be replaced.  
When needed, brush a light coat of multi-purpose  
grease on the blade tension leadscrew (see  
Figure 40).  
!
!
Grease  
Trunnion Sliding  
Surfaces  
Figure 42. Trunnion lubrication.  
The sliding surfaces on the guide post may  
occasionally need to be lubricated with a light  
machine oil if the movement becomes stiff.  
!
Figure 40. Upper wheel leadscrew lubrication.  
Use multi-purpose grease and a light machine oil  
where indicated in Figure 41.  
Grease  
Oil  
!
Oil  
Grease  
Fitting  
Behind  
Plate  
Grease  
Oil  
Fitting  
Figure 43. Guide post lubrication.  
Figure 41. System lubrication points.  
-38-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
M A I N T E N A N C E  
Note: When the machine is started, the belts will  
V-Belts  
automatically adjust to the correct tension.  
To ensure optimum power transfer from the  
motor to the blade, the V-belts must be in good  
condition and operate under proper tension.  
Sprocket Drive Belt  
Use a 17mm wrench and loosen the tensioner hex  
bolt. Next use a 6mm hex wrench to loosen the  
three intermediate pulley retaining cap screws so  
the belt is loose. Replace the sprocket drive belt.  
Re-tighten the intermediate hub and adjust the  
tensioner hub to tension the new belt.  
Check V-belt tension at least every three  
months—more often if the bandsaw is used daily.  
V-belts stretch with use and must be periodically  
re-tensioned. Replace the V-belts if they are  
cracked, frayed, or badly worn. Refer to Figure  
44 to identify V-belt locations.  
Air Pump Belt  
Use a 10mm wrench to loosen the pump  
mounting bolts, replace the belt and tension it  
by positioning the air pump, then tighten the  
mounting bolts.  
Sprocket Drive  
!
Pulley  
Sprocket  
Drive Belt  
Note: Make sure that when tightened, the pump  
pulley is aligned with the motor drive pulley.  
Air Pump  
Dressing Rubber Tires  
Tensioner  
As the bandsaw ages, the rubber tires on the  
wheel may need to be redressed if they become  
hardened or glazed over. Dressing the rubber  
tires improves blade tracking and reduces  
vibration/blade lead.  
If the rubber tires become too worn, then blade  
tracking will become extremely difficult. At that  
point, redressing will no longer be effective, and  
the rubber tires must be replaced.  
Left/Right Speed  
Pulley Belts  
Intermediate  
Pulley  
Figure 44. System belt and pulley layout.  
To redress the rubber tires:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
To check/tension/replace the V-belts:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
2. Put on heavy gloves and remove the blade.  
2. Remove the rear motor access panel.  
3. Use a brush and shop vacuum to clean any  
3. Push the center of each V-belt with moderate  
force. When tensioned correctly, there should  
be approximately 316" of deflection. DO NOT  
overtighten the belts or the bearings will  
wear prematurely.  
chips from the rubber tires.  
4. Hold a piece of 100-grit sandpaper against  
the rubber tire and rotate the wheel by hand.  
Only redress the rubber enough to expose a  
fresh rubber surface.  
Speed Hub Belts  
Rotate the speed handwheel left or right until  
the belts are loose. Roll the belts off the pulleys  
to replace them. (If you get them mixed up when  
replacing, the belt on the left is the larger of the  
two.)  
5. Check surface area of tire to ensure a  
uniformly sanded surface.  
-39-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
M A I N T E N A N C E  
Note: If the machine will be out of service for  
only a short period of time, use way oil or a  
good grade of medium-weight machine oil  
(not auto engine oil) in place of the grease or  
rust preventative.  
Machine Storage  
All machinery will develop serious rust problems  
and corrosion damage if it is not properly  
prepared for storage. If decommissioning this  
machine, use the steps in this section to ensure  
that it remains in good condition.  
3. Loosen or remove the belts and blade so they  
do not become stretched while the machine is  
out of use. Tag the machine to indicate that  
the belts and blade are loose.  
To prepare your machine for storage or  
decommission it from service:  
1. Disconnect all power sources to the machine.  
4. Completely cover the machine with a tarp  
or plastic sheet that will keep out dust and  
resist liquid or moisture. If machine will be  
stored in/near direct sunlight, use a cover  
that will block the sun's rays.  
2. Thoroughly clean all unpainted, bare metal  
surfaces, then coat them with a light weight  
grease or rust preventative. Take care to  
ensure these surfaces are completely covered  
but that the grease or rust preventative is  
kept off of painted surfaces.  
-40-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
S E R V I C E  
SERVICE  
Blade Tracking  
Table Calibration  
A blade that is tracking correctly runs cooler,  
reduces wear-and-tear on the machine, and  
increases cutting performance. When tracking  
correctly, the blade rides next to, but not against,  
the wheel flange. The tracking is controlled by  
adjusting the upper wheel.  
To ensure the accuracy of angle cuts and  
compound angle cuts, the scale pointers must  
point to zero when the table is perpendicular or  
90° to the blade.  
To calibrate the table to zero:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
To adjust the upper wheel for blade tracking:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
2. Make sure the blade tracking and tension  
are set correctly.  
2. Make sure the blade guides are adjusted  
away from the blade so they will not  
3. Using a 6mm hex wrench, loosen the  
interfere with the change of blade position.  
trunnion cap screws (see Figure 46).  
3. Ensure that the blade is correctly tensioned.  
Trunnion Cap  
!
Screws  
4. Using a 6mm hex wrench, loosen the four  
Feed Angle  
Cap Screw  
locking cap screws (see Figure 45).  
Adjustment Set  
Screw  
Upper  
Wheel  
Housing  
Feed Angle  
Scale  
Cut Angle  
Scale  
Locking  
Cap Screw  
Figure 46. Location of table scales.  
4. Place a machinist's square on the table and  
against the side of the blade, as shown in  
Figure 47.  
Figure 45. Wheel alignment.  
5. Use a 5mm hex wrench to adjust the four set  
screws (Figure 45) to tilt the upper wheel  
in or out and bring blade tracking back to  
normal. Only adjust each screw in small  
increments.  
6. Rotate the upper wheel by hand a couple  
times in the normal direction of rotation.  
Verify that the blade tracks next to, but not  
against, the wheel flange. Repeat Steps 5–6  
if necessary until the blade tracks correctly.  
9O  
MachinIst's  
Square  
Table  
7. Tighten the locking cap screws and recheck  
the tracking to make sure it did not change.  
If it did, repeat Steps 4–7.  
Figure 47. Checking that table is perpendicular to  
blade.  
8. Adjust the blade guides back to their correct  
position.  
-41-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
S E R V I C E  
5. Tilt the table until the blade and table top  
are perpendicular, then tighten the trunnion  
cap screws.  
!
6. Loosen the scale pointer for the cut angle  
scale (on the trunnion) and point it to zero.  
7. Loosen the feed angle cap screw and place  
the machinist's square against the back of  
the blade.  
Guide Post  
Receiver  
8. Position the table perpendicular to the blade.  
9. Tighten the feed angle cap screws.  
10. Loosen the pointer for the feed angle scale,  
point it to zero, then retighten it. The table  
and blade are now calibrated.  
Guide Post Alignment  
Figure 48. Guide post system.  
If the blade guide post does not raise and lower  
exactly parallel with the blade, the clearances  
between the blade guides and blade will change  
as the guide post is moved, causing rubbing,  
wear, and blade deflection. Blade guide clearance  
must stay the same when the guide post is raised  
and lowered along its full length of travel.  
6. Using a 6mm hex wrench, loosen the four  
receiver cap screws (see Figure 49).  
Set Screws  
Receiver Cap  
Screws  
To align the guide post:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
2. Make sure the blade tracking and tension  
are set correctly.  
!
3. Lower the blade guide post to the bottom of  
its travel and lock it in place.  
Figure 49. Guide post alignment controls.  
4. Adjust the blade guides as described on  
Page 30.  
7. Using a 5mm hex wrench, adjust the four set  
screws to tilt the blade guide receiver in the  
required direction.  
5. Unlock the post just enough to allow it to  
slide, move it all the way up, then examine  
the clearances between the blade and blade  
guides to see if they changed.  
8. Tighten the cap screws and recheck blade  
guide clearance along the guide post path of  
travel.  
If these clearances changed beyond your  
acceptable tolerances, the blade guide  
receiver (see Figure 48) can be adjusted to  
fix this condition.  
9. Repeat this procedure if necessary to fine-  
tune the guide post travel to acceptable  
tolerances.  
-42-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
S E R V I C E  
Bevel Gear Backlash Leadscrew End Play  
During the life of the machine, the variable  
speed handwheel may develop extra backlash  
due to normal wear of the bevel gears. If this  
lash becomes unacceptable, use this procedure to  
reduce the backlash.  
If you notice that the leadscrew has end play  
and the variable speed handwheel has excess  
backlash after the bevel gear lash has been  
set, you can adjust the leadscrew collars as an  
additional measure to reduce the backlash.  
To adjust the leadscrew collars to reduce  
backlash:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
To reduce the bevel gear backlash:  
1. DISCONNECT BANDSAW FROM POWER!  
2. Remove the rear lower access panel, and  
use a 4mm hex wrench to loosen both bevel  
gear locking set screws (see Figure 50) just  
enough to adjust the bevel gears.  
2. Remove the rear lower access panel, and  
use a 4mm hex wrench to loosen both collar  
locking set screws just enough to adjust the  
collars (see Figure 51).  
Bevel Gears  
Leadscrew  
!
Support Boss  
!
Leadscrew Collars w/  
Locking Set Screws  
Figure 50. Location of bevel gears.  
Figure 51. Leadscrew adjustment locations.  
3. Slide the bevel gears closer together and  
tighten the set screws. If excess backlash  
still exists, refer to the Leadscrew End  
Play section on this page, then proceed to  
Step 4.  
3. Slide the right-hand leadscrew collar  
against the support boss and tighten the set  
screws. If excess backlash still exists at the  
handwheel, you may have to readjust the  
bevel gear lash, replace the leadscrew half  
nut, or replace worn bolts or linkage (see  
Figure 51).  
Note: Make sure that the set screws remain  
aligned with the flats on the shaft. If one  
or both set screws does not return to their  
original depth in the bevel gear after  
tightening, the alignment has probably been  
lost and needs to be corrected.  
Linkage  
Leadscrew  
Halfnut  
4. Clean and grease the bevel gears and the  
leadscrew, then reinstall the access panel.  
Bolts  
Figure 52. Linkage location and parts.  
4. Reinstall the access panel.  
-43-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Troubleshooting  
If you need replacement parts, or if you are unsure how to do any of the solutions given here, feel free  
to call us at (360) 734-1540.  
Symptom  
Possible Cause  
Possible Solution  
Machine does not  
start.  
1. Power supply switched off/has  
1. Switch power supply on/verify voltage.  
incorrect voltage.  
2. Blown fuse/tripped circuit breaker  
2. Correct the cause of overload, then reset/replace  
at main panel.  
fuse or breaker.  
3. Plug or receptacle is corroded or  
3. Clean/retighten contacts; correct the wiring.  
mis-wired.  
4. Thermal overload relay has tripped.  
4. Allow relay/motor to cool. If necessary, press reset  
button inside switch.  
5. Break or short in wiring; or loose  
5. Trace/replace broken or corroded wires; fix loose  
connections.  
connections.  
6. Motor ON/OFF switch at fault.  
6. Replace switch.  
7. Motor connection wired incorrectly.  
7. Wire motor correctly (refer to inside junction box  
cover or manual).  
8. Start capacitor blown or at fault.  
8. Replace start capacitor.  
9. Contactor not energized/has poor  
9. Test all legs for power, test field coil and replace if  
contacts.  
at fault.  
10. Centrifugal switch at fault.  
10. Adjust/replace centrifugal switch.  
11. Motor at fault.  
11. Test for shorted windings, bad bearings and repair  
or replace.  
Main motor  
1. Extension cord (if used) is causing  
1. Move machine closer to the power source or use a  
chatters during  
startup or during  
operation.  
voltage drop.  
larger gauge or shorter extension cord.  
2. Phase converter (if used) wild wire  
2. Connect wild wire to the machine power supply  
terminal that is not part of the contactor field coil  
power supply circuit (see Page 53).  
connected wrong.  
3. Power supply has incorrect or  
3. Contact your power company to fix the power  
unacceptable voltage.  
supply.  
Machine operates  
in reverse.  
1. Power connections wired out of  
1. Swap two power incoming power leads (see Page  
phase (SB1041 only).  
20).  
Machine has  
excessive vibration  
or noise.  
1. Motor fan rubbing on fan cover.  
2. Motor or table is loose.  
3. V-belt(s) loose.  
1. Fix/replace fan cover; replace loose or damaged fan.  
2. Tighten any loose fasteners.  
3. Tighten V-belt(s).  
4. Guide post lock lever is loose.  
4. Tighten the lock lever.  
5. Machine incorrectly mounted on  
5. Level/shim base; tighten/adjust mounting hardware  
floor.  
or feet.  
6. V-belt(s) worn or damaged.  
6. Replace V-belt(s). Use link belts if possible.  
7. Pulley loose or not in alignment;  
7. Replace worn pulley, key, and shaft, and realign.  
shaft bent.  
8. Centrifugal switch out of  
adjustment or at fault (SB1040  
only).  
8. Adjust/replace centrifugal switch.  
9. Motor bearings worn or damaged.  
9. Replace motor bearings or replace motor.  
10. Phase converter (if used) wild wire  
incorrectly connected (SB1041  
only).  
10. Connect wild wire to correct leg (must avoid  
transformer or sensitive electronics); (see Page 53).  
-44-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Symptom  
Possible Cause  
Possible Solution  
Vibration when  
operating or  
cutting.  
1. Loose or damaged blade.  
2. Worn wheel bearing.  
1. Tighten or replace blade.  
2. Check/replace wheel bearing.  
3. Wheels are not coplanar.  
3. Adjust wheels so they are parallel and aligned.  
4. Replace or dress rubber tires.  
4. Wheel tires worn or incorrectly  
installed.  
5. Bent or dull blade.  
5. Replace blade.  
6. Wheels out of balance.  
7. Loose machine component.  
8. Belt has a high spot.  
6. Replace wheels.  
7. Tighten loose component.  
8. Replace/adjust the V-belt.  
9. Check and replace for bad wheel or bearing.  
9. Bandsaw blade wheel is bent or out  
of balance.  
Machine stalls  
or slows when  
operating.  
1. Too much pressure when feeding  
1. Reduce pressure when feeding workpiece.  
workpiece.  
2. Motor is wired out of phase  
2. Swap two power incoming power leads (see Phase  
(SB1041 only).  
Polarity on Page 20).  
3. Workpiece is warped and binding  
3. Fabricate a jig for better workpiece control.  
blade.  
4. Blade is not correct for material  
4. Use the correct blade for the operation. Refer to  
being cut.  
Blade Selection section beginning on Page 24.  
5. Belt(s) slipping.  
5. Tension/replace belt(s); ensure pulleys are aligned.  
6. Let cool, clean motor, and reduce workload.  
7. Test/repair/replace.  
6. Motor overheated.  
7. Run capacitor at fault (SB1040  
only).  
8. Pulley or sprocket slipping on shaft.  
9. Motor connection wired incorrectly.  
10. Contactor has poor contacts.  
8. Replace pulley and key or set screw. Replace shaft  
if worn.  
9. Review wiring diagram on motor cover; correct wire  
connections.  
10. Test all legs for power, test field coil and replace if  
at fault.  
11. Centrifugal switch at fault (SB1040 11. Adjust/replace centrifugal switch if available.  
only).  
12. Motor at fault.  
12. Test for shorted windings, bad bearings and repair  
or replace.  
-45-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Symptom  
Possible Cause  
Possible Solution  
Machine or blade  
bogs down in the  
cut.  
1. Excessive load on the blade.  
1. Reduce feed rate or increase blade speed (see Page  
29).  
2. V-belts loose; belt squeals at times.  
3. V-belts worn and slips.  
2. Tighten V-belts(see Page 39).  
3. Replace V-belts (see Page 39).  
4. Blade is loading up.  
4. Install a blade with more suitable TPI or different  
style of teeth.  
5. Blade is dull, wanders, and gets  
5. Replace blade, adjust guides and tracking (see  
pinched in the cut.  
Page 41).  
6. Blade is dull.  
6. Replace blade (see Page 27).  
7. The blade TPI is too coarse for the  
7. Use a blade with at least 2 teeth contacting the  
thin workpiece.  
material at all times.  
8. Blade is loose.  
8. Clean wheels and increase blade tension (see Page  
27).  
9. Material requires cutting fluid.  
9. Use applicable cutting fluid.  
10. The run capacitor is at fault  
10. Replace the run capacitor (see Wiring on Page 48).  
(SB1040 only).  
Ticking sound  
when the saw is  
running.  
1. Blade weld contacting blade guides.  
1. Grind blade weld down smaller.  
2. Blade weld may be failing.  
2. Cut and reweld the blade, or replace the blade.  
Cuts are not square 1. Pointer or scale not calibrated or  
1. Zero table to blade and realign scale pointers (see  
or the intended  
loose table.  
Page 41). Tighten any loose fasteners.  
angle is incorrect.  
2. Table guide post is loose or out of  
2. Tighten any loose hardware or lock levers. Align the  
alignment.  
guide post (see Page 42).  
Blade dulls  
1. Blade is improperly broken in.  
1. Replace blade, and complete blade break in  
prematurely, or  
metal sticking to  
the blade.  
procedure.  
2. The blade gullets are loading up  
2. Use a blade that has larger gullets to carry out  
with chips.  
material.  
3. The blade TPI is too fine for the  
thick workpiece, and the teeth load  
up and overheat.  
3. Use a coarser-tooth blade, adjust feed rate, adjust  
blade speed, make sure the brush is working.  
4. The workpiece has hard spots,  
4. Replace the blade with a special blade for cutting  
welds, or scale.  
hardened materials.  
Handwheel has  
1. Leadscrew is dirty or lacks proper  
1. Clean and lubricate the leadscrew (see Page 38).  
excessive backlash,  
endplay, binds, or  
is difficult to move.  
lubrication.  
2. Bevel gears out of adjustment.  
2. Re-adjust bevel gears to reduce backlash (see Page  
43).  
3. Bearing or leadscrew collar is worn  
3. Replace bearing or readjust leadscrew collar (see  
or loose.  
Page 43).  
4. Linkage bolts, pins, and holes are  
4. Replace linkage bolts, pins, and re-bush any worn  
loose or worn.  
pin holes.  
5. Leadscrew or leadscrew nut worn.  
5. Replace leadscrew or leadscrew nut.  
-46-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Symptom  
Possible Cause  
Possible Solution  
Blade tracks  
1. Feed rate is too fast.  
1. Reduce feed rate, or decrease blade TPI.  
incorrectly, or  
comes off wheels.  
2. Blade is not tracking correctly.  
3. Blade is bell-mouthed.  
2. Adjust blade tracking (see Page 41).  
3. Install new blade, and regularly remove tension  
from blade when not in use (see Page 27).  
4. Blade is dull, wanders, and gets  
4. Replace blade, re-secure the workpiece from  
pinched in the cut.  
shifting.  
5. Rubber tire on wheel is damaged,  
5. Replace or dress rubber tires.  
glazed, or worn.  
6. Blade tension is too loose.  
6. Increase blade tension (see Page 27).  
7. Adjust blade guides (see Page 30).  
8. Install correct blade for machine.  
7. Blade guides need adjustment.  
8. Incorrect blade for bandsaw.  
9. The blade has insufficient support.  
9. Tighten the blade guide as close to the workpiece as  
possible.  
10. Wheel tires are loaded with metal  
10. Clean wheel tires.  
shavings.  
The cut is crooked,  
the blade wanders,  
slow cuts, or shows  
overheating on one  
side of the cut or  
the blade.  
1. Blade spinning backwards due to  
machine being wired out of phase  
(SB1041 only).  
1. Swap two power incoming power leads (see Phase  
Polarity on Page 20).  
2. The feed pressure is too high.  
2. Decrease the feed rate.  
3. Too much side pressure when  
3. Feed workpiece straight into the blade.  
feeding workpiece.  
4. Blade is loading up.  
4. Install a blade with more suitable TPI or different  
style of teeth.  
5. Blade installed backwards.  
6. Dull blade; missing teeth.  
5. Check blade rotation as described in “test run” and  
reverse blade if necessary.  
6. Replace blade.  
7. Blade too wide for size of radius  
7. Install a smaller width blade, or increase blade  
being cut.  
tension (see Page 27).  
8. The blade speed is wrong.  
8. Adjust feed rate and cutting speed as required.  
9. The blade tracking is wrong.  
9. Adjust the blade tracking (see Page 41).  
Grinder does not  
work.  
1. Wiring or ON/OFF switch at fault  
1. Repair wiring or replace grinder switch.  
2. Motor at fault.  
2. Replace motor.  
Work lamp or  
welding lamp does  
not work  
1. Bulb, wiring, or switch at fault.  
1. Replace bulb, repair wiring, replace switch.  
2. Transformer is at fault.  
2. Replace transformer.  
Welder is  
1. Operator error.  
1. Use welder as outlined in operations section and  
inoperative or  
welds poorly.  
practice on scrap blades (see Page 32).  
2. Wiring or welding switch at fault.  
2. Repair wiring or replace welding switch.  
3. Welder transformer at fault.  
3. Replace welder transformer.  
-47-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
E L E C T R I C A L  
ELECTRICAL  
Electrical Safety Instructions  
These pages are accurate at the time of printing. In the constant effort to improve, however, we may  
make changes to the electrical systems of future machines. Study this section carefully. If you see  
differences between your machine and what is shown in this section, call Technical Support at (360)  
734-1540 for assistance BEFORE making any changes to the wiring on your machine.  
1. Shock Hazard: It is extremely dangerous to  
perform electrical or wiring tasks while the  
machine is connected to the power source.  
Touching electrified parts will result in  
personal injury including but not limited to  
severe burns, electrocution, or death. For  
your own safety, disconnect machine from  
the power source before servicing electrical  
components or performing any wiring tasks!  
5. Circuit Requirements: Connecting the  
machine to an improperly sized circuit will  
greatly increase the risk of fire. To minimize  
this risk, only connect the machine to a  
power circuit that meets the minimum  
requirements given in this manual.  
6. Capacitors/Inverters: Some capacitors and  
power inverters store an electrical charge for  
up to 10 minutes after being disconnected  
from the power source. To reduce the risk of  
being shocked, wait at least this long before  
working on capacitors.  
2. Wire Connections: All connections must be  
tight to prevent wires from loosening during  
machine operation. Double-check all wires  
disconnected or connected during any wiring  
task to ensure tight connections.  
7. Wire/Component Damage: Damaged wires  
or components increase the risk of serious  
personal injury, fire, or machine damage. If  
you notice that any wires or components are  
damaged while performing a wiring task,  
replace those wires or components before  
completing the task.  
3. Modifications: Using aftermarket parts or  
modifying the wiring beyond what is shown  
in the diagram may lead to unpredictable  
results, including serious injury or fire.  
4. Motor Wiring: The motor wiring shown  
in these diagrams is current at the time of  
printing, but it may not match your machine.  
Always use the wiring diagram inside the  
motor junction box.  
8. Experiencing Difficulties: If you are  
experiencing difficulties understanding the  
information included in this section, contact  
our Technical Support at (360) 734-1540.  
-48-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
E L E C T R I C A L  
Wiring Overview  
A CONTROL  
PANEL  
A
E
WORK  
LAMP  
E
See Page 50  
B
and Figure 54.  
C
D
B FPM  
DISPLAY  
C
WELDER’S  
LAMP  
ELECTRICAL  
PANEL  
F
See Page 53  
and Figure 56  
WELDING UNIT  
See Page 50  
and Figure 55  
D
F
MOTOR  
G
See Page 53  
and Figure 53  
*
May Represent Multiple Wires  
G
WIRING DIAGRAM COLOR KEY  
BLUE  
WHITE  
BLACK  
PINK  
RED  
WHITE  
YELLOW  
GREEN  
LIGHT  
BLUE  
BLUE  
GREEN  
PURPLE  
TUR-  
QUIOSE  
YELLOW  
GRAY  
ORANGE  
BROWN  
The photos and diagrams included in this section are best viewed in color. You can  
NOTICE:  
-49-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
E L E C T R I C A L  
SB1040/SB1041 Control Panel/Welding Unit  
UPPER DOOR  
LIMIT SWITCH  
7
6
3
4
4
DC  
EdlZgꢀAVbe  
WORK LAMP  
w/ SWITCH  
E
LZaYZg»h  
AVbe  
D;;  
LOWER DOOR  
LIMIT SWITCH  
6
1
DC  
3
7
D;;  
A CONTROL PANEL  
(Viewed From Behind)  
FPM SENSOR  
FPM DISPLAY  
B
(Viewed From Behind)  
C
WELDER’S LAMP  
D
WELDING UNIT  
(Viewed From Behind)  
1
R
2
3
Welding Button  
2
3
1
Right  
Welding  
Clamp  
Left  
Welding  
Clamp  
220V Transformer  
115/230V 2KVA  
Ya Chang Electric  
2
4
3
4
2
R
T
1
6
6
6
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
T
T
To Electrical Panel  
SB1040/41 220V Transformer Wiring  
O N  
1
Grinder  
Switch  
Indicates  
1
area requiring  
changes when  
converting  
Model SB1040  
to 220V  
1
6
5
3
Grinder  
Motor  
O F F  
2
4
6
-50-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
E L E C T R I C A L  
SB1040 110V Electrical Panel, Motor & Cord  
F
ELECTRICAL PANEL  
0V  
110V  
220V  
T
4
3
R
R
1
TRANSFORMER  
R
Class: B  
Capacity: 110VA 1-Ph 50/60Hz  
Primary Voltage:  
R
0V/110V/220V  
T
2
1
T
2
T
GND  
2
4
U
2
2
W
11 15  
19  
23  
27  
7
5.4  
3
4
4
U
W
1
4
3
2
5
4
7
R
8
T
9
1
2
3
6
10  
11  
12  
1
U
W
2
6 6  
3
4
R
T
1
GND  
3
4
R
T
2
1
1
6
6
To Welding Unit/  
Control Panel  
Ground  
Neutral  
T4  
T3  
T5  
Hot  
T1  
T2  
T8  
G
GND  
MOTOR  
110V  
110 VAC  
5-15 PLUG  
(Prewired)  
-51-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
SB1040 220V Motor Rewire  
E L E C T R I C A L  
SB1040 220V Electrical Panel, Motor & Cord  
F
ELECTRICAL PANEL  
0V  
110V  
220V  
T
4
3
R
R
1
TRANSFORMER  
R
Class: B  
Capacity: 110VA 1-Ph 50/60Hz  
Primary Voltage:  
R
0V/110V/220V  
T
2
1
T
2
T
GND  
2
4
U
2
2
W
11 15  
19  
23  
27  
7
5.4  
3
4
4
U
W
1
4
3
2
5
4
7
R
8
T
9
1
2
3
6
10  
11  
12  
1
U
W
2
6 6  
3
4
R
T
1
GND  
3
4
R
T
2
1
1
6
6
To Welding Unit/  
Control Panel  
Ground  
Hot  
T3  
T2  
T5  
Hot  
T1  
T8  
T4  
GND  
G
Indicates  
areas requiring  
changes when  
converting to  
220V  
MOTOR  
220V  
220 VAC  
6-15 PLUG  
(Prewired)  
-52-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
E L E C T R I C A L  
SB1041 220V Electrical Panel, Motor & Cord  
F
ELECTRICAL PANEL  
R
S
T
E
T
0V  
4
3
R
S
1
TRANSFORMER  
R
Class: B  
Capacity: 110VA 1-Ph 50/60Hz  
Primary Voltage:  
110V  
0V/110V/220V  
T
2
1
R
220V  
2
T
4
U
2
V
W
U
3.2  
3
4
16  
4
V
W
1
9
3
7
2
4
6
R
5
T
4
<C9  
12  
U
11  
V
10  
W
8
3
2
1
1
2
3
1
4
R
T
6
6
3
R
T
4
1
6
6
1
2
To Welding Unit/  
Control Panel  
W2  
V2  
U2  
Ground  
Hot  
Hot  
Hot  
W5  
<C9  
U5  
V5  
G
V
MOTOR  
220V  
220 VAC  
L15-15 PLUG  
W
U
(as recommended)  
For Phase Converter Wild Wire (If Used)  
-53-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Electrical Pictures  
E L E C T R I C A L  
Electrical Component Pictures  
FPM Sensor  
Terminal Strip  
Motor Junction  
Box  
Welding Transformer  
Figure 55. Welding Panel.  
Power Transformer  
Main Terminal  
Block  
Figure 53. Motor and FPM sensor.  
Overload  
Relay  
FPM  
Display  
Control  
Panel  
Welder's  
Lamp  
Figure 56. Electrical Box.  
Figure 54. Control Panel, FPM Display & Welder's  
Lamp.  
-54-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P A R T S  
PARTS  
Bottom Frame  
-55-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P A R T S  
Bottom Frame Parts List  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PSB1040001  
PB07M  
PW01M  
PSB1040004  
PN06M  
PS03M  
PSB1040007  
PS05M  
SB1321  
PSB1040010  
PLW04M  
PSB1040012  
PCAP31M  
PSB1040014  
PSB1040015  
PSB1040016  
PS16M  
PRIV014M  
PSB1040019  
PCAP31M  
PSB1040021  
PSB1040022  
PW03M  
BOTTOM REAR VENTED COVER  
HEX BOLT M8-1.25 X 25  
FLAT WASHER 8MM  
BOTTOM FRAME  
HEX NUT M5-.8  
PHLP HD SCR M6-1 X 8  
BOTTOM DOOR  
PHLP HD SCR M5-.8 X 8  
SOUTH BEND NAMEPLATE 203MM  
DOOR HANDLE  
LOCK WASHER 8MM  
BASE  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 25  
BOTTOM WHEEL LOCK NUT  
BOTTOM WHEEL RUBBER TIRE  
BOTTOM WHEEL  
PHLP HD SCR M8-1.25 X 16  
STEEL BLIND RIVET 5 X 20MM  
CHIP DEFLECTOR  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
PLW03M  
PB08M  
PFN07M  
PSB1040027  
PB08M  
LOCK WASHER 6MM  
HEX BOLT M6-1 X 20  
FLANGE NUT M4-.7  
BOTTOM DOOR SAFETY SWITCH  
HEX BOLT M6-1 X 20  
PHLP HD SCR M4-.7 X 50  
HANDWHEEL HANDLE  
HANDWHEEL  
SET SCREW M8-1.25 X 8  
BOTTOM FRONT VENTED COVER  
LEADSCREW LOCK COLLAR  
RUBBER RING  
LEADSCREW END BLOCK  
SPEED LEADSCREW  
SHAFT LOCK COLLAR  
BEVEL GEAR 17T  
BEVEL GEAR 17T  
PS48M  
PSB1040030  
PSB1040031  
PSS20M  
9
10  
11  
PSB1040033  
PSB1040034  
PSB1040035  
PSB1040036  
PSB1040037  
PSB1040038  
PSB1040039  
PSB1040040  
PSB1040041  
PSB1040042  
PW04M  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
SPEED TRANSFER SHAFT  
LEADSCREW BRACKET  
FLAT WASHER 10MM  
LOCK WASHER 10MM  
HEX BOLT M10-1.5 X 30  
POWER CORD 14G 3C 5-15 (SB1040)  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 25  
WHEEL BRUSH  
BRUSH BRACKET  
PLW06M  
PB01M  
PSB1040046  
FLAT WASHER 6MM  
-56-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P A R T S  
Drivetrain  
-57-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P A R T S  
Drive Train Parts List  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
PSB1040101  
PSB1040102  
PB08M  
PLW03M  
PW03M  
AIR HOSE  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
PSB1040135  
PFH05M  
PVA43  
PSB1040138  
PB14M  
PB38M  
PSB1040141  
P6205ZZ  
PSB1040143  
PCAP13M  
PSB1040145  
PSB1040146  
PSB1040147  
PSB1040148  
PSB1040149  
PCAP11M  
PLW06M  
PK42M  
PSB1040153  
PK169M  
PB26M  
PSB1040157  
PSB1040158  
PK74M  
PB14M  
PVA47  
PULLEY PLATE SUPPORT ARM  
FLAT HD SCR M5-.8 X 12  
V-BELT A43  
ADJUSTABLE PULLEY PLATE  
HEX BOLT M10-1.5 X 35  
HEX BOLT M12-1.75 X 60  
DRIVE CHAIN SUPPORT BRACKET  
BALL BEARING 6205 ZZ  
BEARING SEAT  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 30  
SPROCKET RETAINING HUB  
PULLEY PLATE SHAFT  
PULLEY PLATE HUB  
AIR HOSE CONNECTOR  
HEX BOLT M6-1 X 20  
LOCK WASHER 6MM  
FLAT WASHER 6MM  
BALL BEARING 6201ZZ  
AIR PUMP BASE  
P6201ZZ  
PSB1040107  
PSB1040108  
PSS20M  
PVA36  
PVA37  
PCAP02M  
PSB1040112  
PSB1040113  
PSB1040114  
PSB1040115  
PCAP01M  
PSB1040117  
PVM26  
PSB1040119  
P6202ZZ  
AIR PUMP PULLEY  
SET SCREW M8-1.25 X 8  
V-BELT A36 (SB1040)  
V-BELT A37 (SB1041)  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 20  
AIR PUMP ROTOR  
AIR PUMP ROTOR BLADE  
AIR PUMP HOUSING  
AIR PUMP END CAP  
DRIVE CHAIN  
DRIVE CHAIN SPROCKET  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 16  
LOCK WASHER 10MM  
KEY 6 X 6 X 30  
DRIVE SPROCKET SHAFT  
KEY 6 X 6 X 45  
HEX BOLT M8-1.25 X 30  
PILLOW BLOCK BEARING  
PILLOW BLOCK MOUNTING PLATE  
KEY 6 X 6 X 35  
HEX BOLT M10-1.5 X 35  
V-BELT A47  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 16  
MOTOR PULLEY  
V-BELT M26  
STATIONARY PULLEY PLATE  
BALL BEARING 6202 ZZ  
EXT RETAINING RING 12MM  
GREASE FITTING  
MOTOR CORD (SB1040)  
MOTOR CORD (SB1041)  
MOTOR 1HP 110/220V 1PH (SB1040)  
MOTOR 1HP 220V 3PH (SB1041)  
MOTOR FAN COVER (SB1040)  
MOTOR FAN COVER (SB1041)  
PR03M  
122  
123  
123  
124  
124  
PSB1040122  
PSB1040123  
PSB1041123  
PSB1040124  
PSB1041124  
PR08M  
EXT RETAINING RING 19MM  
IDLER PULLEY  
124-1 PSB1040124-1  
124-1 PSB1041124-1  
124-2 PSB1040124-2 MOTOR FAN (SB1040)  
124-2 PSB1041124-2 MOTOR FAN (SB1041)  
124-3 PSB1040124-3 MOTOR JUNCTION BOX (SB1040)  
124-3 PSB1041124-3 MOTOR JUNCTION BOX (SB1041)  
PSB1040163  
PCAP40M  
PSB1040165  
P6204ZZ  
PSB1040167  
PSB1040168  
PSB1040169  
PR05M  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 35  
IDLER PULLEY PIVOT BRACKET  
BALL BEARING 6204 ZZ  
IDLER SPROCKET SHAFT  
SHAFT BLOCK  
ADJUTMENT PULLEY SHAFT  
EXT RETAINING RING 15MM  
INT RETAINING RING 35MM  
ADJUSTMENT PULLEY  
INT RETAINING RING 35MM  
EXT RETAINING RING 15MM  
DRIVE PULLEY SUPPORT BRACKET  
DRIVE PULLEY PIVOT BRACKET  
DRIVE PULLEY  
124-4 PSB1040124-4 CAPACITOR COVER (SB1040)  
124-5 PSB1040124-5 S CAPACITOR 400M 125V (SB1040)  
125  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
PK21M  
PK42M  
KEY 5 X 5 X 23 (SB1040)  
KEY 5 X 5 X 30 (SB1041)  
HEX NUT M8-1.25  
LOCK WASHER 8MM  
FLAT WASHER 8MM  
HEX BOLT M8-1.25 X 35  
HEX BOLT M12-1.75 X 55  
HEX BOLT M12-1.75 X 70  
LINKING PLATE  
PR21M  
PSB1040172  
PR21M  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
PN03M  
PLW04M  
PW01M  
PB20M  
PB12M  
PB140M  
PSB1040132  
PW06M  
PN09M  
PR05M  
PSB1040175  
PSB1040176  
PSB1040177  
PR25M  
PSB1040179  
PSB1040180  
P6202ZZ  
INT RETAINING RING 47MM  
SUPPORT BASE  
MOTOR CORD GROMMET  
BALL BEARING 6202 ZZ  
132  
133  
134  
FLAT WASHER 12MM  
HEX NUT M12-1.75  
-58-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P A R T S  
Top Frame  
-59-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P A R T S  
Top Frame Parts List  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
REF PART #  
247 PSB1040247  
248 PCAP01M  
249 PSB1040249  
250 PN01M  
DESCRIPTION  
201  
PCAP40M  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 35  
BLADE WELDING STATION COVER  
FLAT WASHER 6MM  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 25  
ROUND KNOB  
RETURN BLADE GUARD  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 16  
GUIDE BAR TENSION SPRING  
HEX NUT M6-1  
GUIDE BAR BRACKET  
SET SCREW M8-1.25 X 12  
GUIDE BAR  
202 PSB1040202  
203 PW03M  
204 PCAP06M  
205 PSB1040205  
206 PSB1040206  
251  
PSB1040251  
BLADE SHEAR LEVER  
LOCKING LINK  
252  
PSS14M  
207  
PSB1040207  
253 PSB1040253  
208 PSB1040208  
209 PLW04M  
COVER TOP SPACER  
LOCK WASHER 8MM  
TRACKING BRACKET  
UPPER SHEAR BLADE  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 30  
FLAT WASHER 8MM  
BLADE SHEAR BRACKET  
HEX NUT M6-1  
LOWER SHEAR BLADE  
CAP SCREW M5-.8 X 8  
ALIGNMENT BRACKET  
PHLP HD SCR M8-1.25 X 20  
COVER BOTTOM SPACER  
PHLP HD SCR M5-.8 X 16  
TOP DOOR HANDLE  
TOP DOOR LATCH SPACER  
TOP DOOR LATCH  
254  
255  
PSB1040254  
PCAP04M  
GUIDE BAR HANDLE  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 10  
CUTTING BLADE GUARD  
PHLP HD SCR M5-.8 X 16  
DOUBLE-END THREADED STUD  
GUIDE BAR LOCK STUD  
LOCK STUD COVER  
210  
211  
PSB1040210  
PSB1040211  
PCAP13M  
PW01M  
PSB1040214  
PN01M  
PSB1040216  
PCAP03M  
PSB1040218  
PS04M  
256 PSB1040256  
257 PS40M  
258 PSB1040258  
259 PSB1040259  
260 PSB1040260  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
261  
PSB1040261  
LAMP ASSEMBLY  
262 PSS10M  
263 PCAP13M  
264 PSB1040264  
265 PSS10M  
266 PCAP40M  
SET SCREW M10-1.5 X 20  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 30  
TOP FRAME  
SET SCREW M10-1.5 X 20  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 35  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 30  
SET SCREW M10-1.5 X 20  
HEX NUT M4-.7  
TOP DOOR SAFETY SWITCH  
PHLP HD SCR M4-.7 X 50  
EYE BOLT  
TOP WHEEL LOCK NUT  
TOP WHEEL RUBBER TIRE  
TOP WHEEL  
BALL BEARING 6205ZZ  
THRUST WASHER  
INT RETAINING RING 52MM  
BOTTOM WHEEL SHAFT  
SET SCREW M8-1.25 X 8  
LOCK COLLAR  
220 PSB1040220  
221  
PS40M  
267  
PCAP13M  
222  
223  
224  
225  
PSB1040010  
PSB1040223  
PSB1040224  
PN06M  
268 PSS10M  
269 PN04M  
270  
271  
272  
273  
274  
275  
276  
277  
278  
279  
PSB1040027  
PS48M  
HEX NUT M5-.8  
226 PLW01M  
LOCK WASHER 5MM  
DOOR SAFETY SWITCH PLATE  
PHLP HD SCR M6-1 X 16  
PHLP HD SCR M5-.8 X 12  
TOP DOOR  
CAP SCREW M10-1.5 X 60  
FLAT WASHER 10MM  
LOCK WASHER 10MM  
HEX NUT M10-1.5  
PSB1040272  
PSB1040273  
PSB1040274  
PSB1040275  
P6205ZZ  
PSB1040277  
PR26M  
PSB1040279  
227  
PSB1040227  
228 PS11M  
229  
PS08M  
230 PSB1040230  
231  
PCAP71M  
232  
PW04M  
233 PLW06M  
234 PN02M  
235 PN06M  
280 PSS20M  
281  
HEX NUT M5-.8  
PSB1040281  
236 PLW01M  
LOCK WASHER 5MM  
DOOR HINGE  
PHLP HD SCR M5-.8 X 16  
BLADE GUIDE  
AIR NOZZLE CLAMP  
BLADE GUIDE BRACKET  
DOWEL PIN  
282 PLW04M  
283 PB09M  
284 PSB1040284  
285 PSB1040285  
286 PSB1040286  
LOCK WASHER 8MM  
HEX BOLT M8-1.25 X 20  
HORIZTONAL RETAINING PLATE  
TENSION LEADSCREW  
TENSION HANDWHEEL  
VERTICAL RETAINING PLATE  
HEX BOLT M8-1.25 X 16  
HEX BOLT M8-1.25 X 16  
AIR NOZZLE  
237  
PSB1040237  
238 PS40M  
239 PSB1040239  
240 PSB1040240  
241  
PSB1040241  
PSB1040242  
PSB1040243  
PCAP70M  
287  
PSB1040287  
242  
243  
244  
245  
288 PB03M  
289 PB03M  
290 PSB1040290  
THREADED PIN  
CAP SCREW M10-1.5 X 45  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 16  
LOCK WASHER 6MM  
PCAP01M  
291  
PSB1040291  
AIR HOSE  
246 PLW03M  
-60-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P A R T S  
Table  
301  
309  
302  
308  
307  
307  
303  
304  
310  
305  
331  
311  
312  
313  
303  
306  
303  
314  
330  
302  
304  
324  
304  
303  
306  
310  
329  
328  
322  
315  
326  
323  
324  
325  
307  
316  
321  
327  
317  
323  
318  
319  
320  
REF PART #  
301 PSB1040301  
302 PCAP05M  
303 PLW04M  
304 PW01M  
305 PSB1040305  
306 PCAP40M  
307 PW04M  
308 PLW06M  
309 PCAP90M  
DESCRIPTION  
TABLE  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
317  
318  
319  
PCAP72M  
PS40M  
PW02M  
CAP SCREW M10-1.5 X 30  
PHLP HD SCR M5-.8 X 16  
FLAT WASHER 5MM  
BOTTOM BLADE GUARD  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 10  
DOWEL PIN  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 50  
LOCK WASHER 8MM  
FLAT WASHER 8MM  
LEFT TRUNNION BRACKET  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 35  
FLAT WASHER 10MM  
LOCK WASHER 10MM  
CAP SCREW M10-1.5 X 55  
PHLP HD SCR M5-.8 X 12  
X-AXIS TILT POINTER  
TRUNNION  
320 PSB1040320  
321  
PCAP04M  
322  
PSB1040242  
323 PSB1040239  
324 PW03M  
325 PCAP06M  
BLADE GUIDE  
FLAT WASHER 6MM  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 25  
BLADE GUIDE BRACKET  
THREADED PIN  
CAP SCREW M6-1 X 30  
LOCK WASHER 6MM  
BOTTOM BLADE GUIDE SUPPORT  
FLAT WASHER 8MM  
310  
311  
PS08M  
326 PSB1040241  
PSB1040311  
PSB1040312  
PSB1040313  
PSB1040314  
PSB1040315  
PLW06M  
327  
PSB1040243  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
328 PCAP07M  
329 PLW03M  
330 PSB1040330  
RIGHT TRUNNION BRACKET W/SCALE  
Y-AXIS TILT POINTER  
TRUNNION SUPPORT  
331  
PW01M  
LOCK WASHER 10MM  
-61-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P A R T S  
Welding Station & Control Panel  
-62-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P A R T S  
Welding Station & Control Panel Parts List  
REF PART #  
401 PN01M  
402 PW03M  
403 PSB1021500  
404 PSB1021550  
405 PSB1021503  
406 PSB1021504  
DESCRIPTION  
HEX NUT M6-1  
FLAT WASHER 6MM  
CAM  
SPRING ARM BRACKET  
SPRING ARM  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
434 PSB1021532  
435 PSB1021533  
436 PSB1021534  
OFF BUTTON ASSEMBLY  
POWER LAMP ASSEMBLY  
ON BUTTON ASSEMBLY  
PHLP HD SCR M5-.8 X 10  
LAMP ASSEMBLY  
437  
PS09M  
438 PSB1021543  
439 PSB1021545  
440 PRIV015M  
SPACER  
HEX BOLT M6-1 X 16  
WELDING PANEL  
407  
PB83M  
BRASS BLIND RIVET 2 X 6MM  
WELDING INSTRUCTION PLATE  
PRESSURE KNOB ASSEMBLY  
FLAT HD SCR M5-.8 X 16  
FLAT HD SCR M5-.8 X 12  
FLAT HD SCR M5-.8 X 10  
FLAT WASHER 1/4  
GRINDING WHEEL 1/4 X 5/8 X 2-1/2  
CAP SCREW M5-.8 X 6  
GRINDING WHEEL GUARD  
GUARD RETAINING RING  
ROUND KNOB  
408 PCAP38M  
409 PSB1021507  
CAP SCREW M5-.8 X 25  
LOWER EXTENSION SPRING  
HEX NUT M5-.8  
PHLP HD SCR 5-40 X 3/4  
LOCK WASHER #5  
441  
PSB1021581  
442  
PSB1021549  
410  
411  
PN06M  
PS48  
443 PFH39M  
444 PFH05M  
445 PFH07M  
412  
413  
414  
415  
416  
417  
418  
419  
PLW11  
PSB1021511  
PSB1021512  
PCAP38M  
PSB1021514  
PCAP03M  
PW02M  
SWITCH  
SLIDE SEAT  
446 PW06  
447  
PSB1021577  
CAP SCREW M5-.8 X 25  
UPPER EXTENSION SPRING  
CAP SCREW M5-.8 X 8  
FLAT WASHER 5MM  
LOCK WASHER 5MM  
ANNEALING BUTTON ASSEMBLY  
SLIDE BLOCK  
WELDING CONTROL PANEL  
ANNEALING BUTTON BRACKET  
WELDING BUTTON ASSEMBLY  
WELDING TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY  
CAP SCREW M5-.8 X 16  
FLAT WASHER 5MM  
INSULATING WASHER 5MM  
INSULATING SPACER 5MM  
FLAT HD SCR M5-.8 X 6  
GRINDER MOTOR CAPACITOR  
GRINDER MOTOR 1/8HP 110V 1PH  
TOGGLE SWITCH ASSEMBLY  
448 PCAP97M  
449 PSB1021574  
450 PSB1021573  
451  
PSB1021566  
PLW01M  
452  
PSB1021567  
LEFT CLAMP LEVER  
420 PSB1021519  
453 PS16M  
PHLP HD SCR M8-1.25 X 16  
LEFT CONNECTING PLATE  
CAM SHAFT  
LEFT ELECTRODE  
CAP SCREW M5-.8 X 12  
RIGHT LOWER JAW  
EXT RETAINING RING 5MM  
RIGHT CLAMP LEVER  
RIGHT CONNECTING PLATE  
LEFT LOWER JAW  
RIGHT ELECTRODE  
JAW INSULATOR  
421  
PSB1021518  
PSB1021548  
PSB1021520  
PSB1021521  
PSB1021526  
454 PSB1021570  
455 PSB1021556  
456 PSB1021571  
422  
423  
424  
425  
457  
PCAP33M  
458 PSB1021559  
459 PR73M  
460 PSB1021565  
426 PCAP24M  
427 PW02M  
428 PSB1021524  
429 PSB1021525  
430 PFH78M  
461  
PSB1021560  
462 PSB1021569  
463 PSB1021557  
464 PSB1021555  
465 PN05  
431  
PSB1021529  
432  
PSB1021530  
HEX NUT 1/4-20  
SAW CONTROL PANEL  
433 PSB1021531  
466 PSB1021536  
-63-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P A R T S  
Digital Tachometer System  
509  
501  
502  
503  
504  
505  
506  
507  
508  
REF PART #  
501 PN03M  
502 PS16M  
503 PS113M  
504 PSB1040504  
505 PS68M  
DESCRIPTION  
HEX NUT M8-1.25  
PHLP HD SCR M8-1.25 X 16  
PHLP HD SCR 5-40 X 1  
TACHOMETER SENSOR  
PHLP HD SCR M6-1 X 10  
REF PART #  
506 PW03M  
DESCRIPTION  
FLAT WASHER 6MM  
HEX NUT 5-40  
SENSOR BRACKET  
DIGITIAL TACHOMETER  
507  
PN28  
508 PSB1040508  
509 PSB1040509  
-64-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
P A R T S  
Electrical Cabinet  
601  
602  
604  
605  
603  
606  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
601  
PSB1040601  
ELECTRICAL BACKBOARD  
TRANSFORMER YA CHANG 220V 1A  
TERMINAL BLOCK 4 POST  
604 PSB1041604  
605 PSB1040605  
605 PSB1041605  
606 PSB1040606  
CONTACTOR AB 100-C09-400 110V (SB1041)  
OL RELAY AB 193-EEEB 5.4 – 27A (SB1040)  
OL RELAY AB 193-EEDB 3.2 – 16A (SB1041)  
TERMINAL BLOCK 12 POST  
602 PSB1040602  
603 PSB1040603  
604 PSB1040604  
CONTACTOR AB 100-C16-400 110V (SB1040)  
-65-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
P A R T S  
Circle Cutting Jig  
618  
612  
611  
619  
613  
615  
614  
614  
621  
620  
621  
614  
617  
616  
626  
624  
615  
622  
613  
623  
613  
613  
613  
625  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
REF PART #  
619 PSB1040619  
620 PSB1040620  
621 PW04M  
622 PSB1040622  
623 PSB1040623  
624 PSB1040624  
625 PSB1040625  
626 PSB1040626  
DESCRIPTION  
CLAMPING BLOCK  
ADJUSTING BLOCK  
FLAT WASHER 10MM  
POINTER ADJUSTING BLOCK  
CIRCLE JIG ROD  
POINTER ROD  
CENTER POINT  
ADJUSTING KNOB M10-1.5 X 170  
611  
PCAP31M  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 25  
LOCK WASHER 8MM  
SET SCREW M8-1.25 X 8  
HEX NUT M10-1.5  
SET SCREW M8-1.25 X 8  
CAP SCREW M8-1.25 X 30  
LOCK WASHER 8MM  
MOUNTING BLOCK  
612  
613  
614  
615  
616  
617  
618  
PLW04M  
PSS20M  
PN02M  
PSS20M  
PCAP13M  
PLW04M  
PSB1040618  
-66-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
W A R R A N T Y  
Machine Labels  
704  
MODEL SB1041  
18" VARIABLE SPEED  
METAL CUTTING BANDSAW  
!
WARNING!  
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY WHILE  
USING THIS MACHINE:  
1. Read and understand manual before starting.  
2. Always wear safety glasses or  
a
face shield.  
702  
3. Never place hands directly in “line of cut.”  
4. Keep all guards in place and correctly adjusted.  
5. DO NOT wear loose clothing, gloves, or jewelry. Secure  
long hair and button all long sleeve shirts.  
6. Disconnect power before performing maintenance, service,  
or adjustments.  
703  
Motor: 1HP, 220V, 3-Phase  
Amps: 3A  
Blade Width Range: 1/8"–5/8"  
Blade Length: 139-3/8"–140-1/2"  
Blade Speeds: 88–384 FPM  
Maximum Cutting Height: 9-5/8"  
Capacity Left of Blade: 17-9/16"  
Weight: 803 Lbs.  
7. Ensure machine is properly installed, set up, and adjusted  
before starting.  
8. DO NOT operate when tired, or under the influence of  
drugs or alcohol.  
9. Never attempt to stop the blade with your hand or work-  
piece; allow the blade to stop on its own.  
10. DO NOT force or twist blade when cutting.  
11. Use fixtures, not your hands, to hold small or round  
workpieces.  
!
706  
WARNING!  
INJURY HAZARD!  
!
Serial No:  
WARNING!  
INJURY HAZARD  
Keep door closed  
while machine is  
operating. Disconnect  
power before opening  
door.  
!
12. DO NOT back workpiece away when blade is moving. Turn  
WARNING!  
MFG Date:  
saw off and wait for the blade to come to  
a
complete stop.  
Do not use machine if  
you have not read the  
manual. Visit  
INJURY/SHOCK  
HAZARD  
13. Never leave this machine running attended.  
!
705  
To avoid shock or  
accidental starting,  
disconnect power  
before adjusting or  
servicing machine.  
southbendlathe.com or  
call 360-734-1540 to  
707  
get  
a
manual.  
!
WARNING!  
701  
UNSTABLE WORKPIECE  
HAZARD!  
Workpieces that cannot be supported or stablized  
without a vise or jig should not be cut on a vertical  
metal-cutting bandsaw. Such workpieces can  
unexpectedly move while cutting and draw the  
operators hands into the blade, causing serious  
personal injury. Examples are chains, cables, round  
or oblong-shaped workpieces, workpieces with  
internal or built-in moving or rotating parts, etc.  
!
WARNING!  
EYE INJURY HAZARD  
Always wear ANSI-  
approved safety  
glasses or  
a
face shield  
when using this  
equipment.  
708  
713  
NOTICE  
Only change  
speeds when the  
machine is running.  
709  
!
WARNING!  
CUTTING HAZARD  
Always keep hands  
and body away  
from blade when  
machine is running.  
712  
E
703  
!
WARNING!  
INJURY HAZARD!  
Keep door closed  
while machine is  
operating. Disconnect  
power before opening  
door.  
706  
710  
711  
!
WARNING!  
INJURY/SHOCK  
HAZARD  
!
To avoid shock or  
accidental starting,  
disconnect power  
before adjusting or  
servicing machine.  
SB 04  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
REF PART #  
DESCRIPTION  
701  
PSBLABEL09VL EYE INJURY HAZARD LABEL  
708 PSBLABEL15L  
ELECTRICITY LABEL  
702  
PSBLABEL01VL READ MANUAL LABEL  
709 PSBLABEL14HL CUTTING HAZARD LABEL  
703 PSBLABEL14VS CLOSE DOOR WARNING LABEL  
710  
710  
711  
712  
713  
PSB1040710  
PSB1041710  
PSBPAINT01  
PSB1040712  
PSB1040713  
MODEL NUMBER LABEL (SB1040)  
MODEL NUMBER LABEL (SB1041)  
SB GRAY TOUCH-UP PAINT  
SPEED DIRECTION LABEL  
CHANGE SPEED NOTICE LABEL  
704  
704  
705  
PSB1040704  
PSB1041704  
PSB1040705  
MACHINE ID LABEL (SB1040)  
MACHINE ID LABEL (SB1041)  
UNSTABLE WORKPIECE LABEL  
706 PSBLABEL02HL SHOCK HAZARD LABEL  
707 PSBLABEL18 ALLEN BRADLEY CONTROLS LABEL  
The safety labels provided with your machine are used to make the operator aware of the  
machine hazards and ways to prevent injury. The owner of this machine MUST maintain the  
original location and readability of these safety labels. If any label is removed or becomes  
unreadable, REPLACE that label before using the machine again. Contact South Bend Lathe Co. at  
-67-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
N O T E S  
-68-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Machines Mfg. Since 8/09  
Model SB1040/SB1041  
W A R R A N T Y  
WARRANTY & RETURNS  
Warranty  
This quality product is warranted by South Bend Lathe Company to the original buyer for one year  
from the date of purchase. This warranty does not apply to consumable parts, or defects due to any  
kind of misuse, abuse, negligence, accidents, repairs, alterations or lack of maintenance. We do not  
reimburse for third party repairs. In no event shall we be liable for death, injuries to persons or  
property, or for incidental, contingent, special or consequential damages arising from the use of our  
products.  
We do not warrant or represent that this machine complies with the provisions of any law, act, code,  
regulation, or standard of any domestic or foreign government, industry, or authority. In no event  
shall South Bend’s liability under this warranty exceed the original purchase price paid for this  
machine. Any legal actions brought against South Bend Lathe Company shall be tried in the State of  
Washington, County of Whatcom.  
This is the sole written warranty for this machine. Any and all warranties that may be implied by  
law, including any merchantability or fitness, for any purpose, are hereby limited to the duration of  
this warranty. To take advantage of this warranty, contact us by mail or phone to give us the details  
of the problem you are having.  
Thank you for your business and continued support.  
-69-  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printed In Taiwan  
#JB13203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Sennheiser Microphone SDC 8200 User Manual
Sonance Speaker System VP67 LCR User Manual
Sony Battery Charger VGP BPS21A User Manual
Sony Camera Accessories XDCU 50 User Manual
Sony Laptop VPCS137GX B User Manual
Sony VCR SLV SX600E User Manual
Stanton DJ Equipment DJLab3 User Manual
StarTechcom Doll ST12MHDDCRP User Manual
Sunbeam Blood Pressure Monitor 7656 10 User Manual
Tanaka Chainsaw ECS 3500 User Manual